Home

R&S®FSV-K72 3GPP FDD BTS

Contents

1. f Qt ie erp t ugEsiolShise c 233 OUTPut TRIGger STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDiition esessessseeeseeeeeeeneneene nennen nennen enne nnn 208 RN UC UE de KEE 208 SYSTem DISPlay WUPDate M 230 TRAC lt n gt DATA RE 211 Be MB i a a A E ened cemnacebed 211 TRAGesn gt DATA ernea an Eei A ENPE aE DEA AVE EAE A ASPECTE EE AEAEE EEEE IEE 214 TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACe lt n gt DATA TIRAG lt n DATA RE 218 TRlGoernzlSEOuencel DBBbower HOL Doft 231 TRiGger lt n gt SEQuence HOLDoff TIME 231 TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HOLDOff cesses nree nennen nsn 231 TRlGoernzlZSEOuencellFbower HG Teresis enne enne nnne 231 TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel BBPower TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel EXTermal ce ec eee cee ceee eens eceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseaeseaeeseaeeeseeseaeeseeeseeseneenaees TRiGger n gt SEQuence SLOBoe 2 rrr the ge ba rure eR ER Ea E e FERNER P TRAE MEE SASA TRIGger n SEQuence SOURCe 3 rare rne nna eir atn a a Ein NEEVA PCA SE eR ERR EE EFE EE oannes H Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 240 R amp S FSV K72 In
2. J A I ue Code Domain Analyzer Measurements 2 Click Add The current display configuration is added to the list of predefined settings To remove a predefined display configuration You can remove one of the stored display configurations 1 Select the display configuration to be removed from the Predefined tab of the Display Configuration dialog box 2 Click Remove The selected display configuration is removed from the list of predefined settings To restore the default display configurations You can restore the default set of predefined display configurations gt Inthe Predefined tab of the Display Configuration dialog box click Restore 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer The display modes in this chapter are all based on the recording of the IQ data With the same dataset of the recorded signal you can display the following evaluation types see Display Config on page 64 softkey Therefore it is not necessary to restart the measurement in order to switch the display mode The display mode is defined in the Display Config dialog box see Display Config on page 64 or using the remote command CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 The selected display mode also affects the results of the trace data query see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 The following display modes and measurements
3. O m Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Common Settings tab Channel Detection Settings This tab contains common settings for channel detection Channel Detection Settings E x Common Settings Common Settings Inactive Channel Thresh 1 60 0 dB HS DPA UPA On C ott Compressed Mode C On e Off Inactive Channel Threshold Common Settings tab Channel Detection Set tings Set the minimum power that a single channel must have compared to the total signal in order to be recognized as an active channel Remote command SENSe CDPower ICTReshold on page 185 HS DPA UPA Common Settings tab Channel Detection Settings If enabled the application detects HSUPA DPA channels and shows them in the chan nel table Remote command SENSe CDPower HSDPamode on page 185 Compressed Mode Common Settings tab Channel Detection Settings If compressed mode is switched on some slots of a channel are suppressed To keep the overall data rate the slots just before or just behind a compressed gap can be sent with half spreading factor SF 2 Remote command SENSe CDPower PCONtrol on page 189 Predef Channel Table tab Channel Detection Settings This tab contains settings for the predefined channel tables Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 58 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measureme
4. Ret Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mAu U a a m Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Format 16QAM Bit Bit Bits Bitos Bit Bit Bit Bit Bitusymp Frame o Bitysymp Frame 1 Bitnsymb_Frame 2 Bitusymp Frame 3 Format 64QAM Bitoo Bito Bitgo Bitos Bito4 Bitos Bit4o Bit 4 Bit Bit45 Bity4 Bitis Bitsymb_Frame o Bitnsymb_Frame 1 Bitysymb_Frame 2 Bitusymp Frame 3 Bitsymb_Frame 4 Bitusymp Frame 5 6 1 2 13 Frequency Error vs Slot To reduce the overall span of Frequency Err vs Slot for each value to be displayed the difference between the frequency error of the corresponding slot to the frequency error of the first zero slot is calculated This will help to eliminate a static frequency offset of the whole signal to achieve a better display of a real time depending fre quency curve Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP FVSL see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 15 pairs of slot slot number of CPICH and values are transferred lt slot number gt lt value in Hz gt 6 1 2 14 Phase Discontinuity vs Slot The Phase Discontinuity vs Slot is calculated according to 3GPP speci
5. 228 INP UGA egy dp EE 228 IER ugeet egiee be ed ge c deca SES gedd iaaa AA beady 229 Iscr EEEa 229 TEE Kl EE 229 MMEWMory STORexn7 TRACe cessisse nnhthh rere rtt titi h nh nh nene retener nsns nsns 230 cb ESTE HDI ESSI WALU le RES 230 TRiGgerens SEGuence LEVelBBPBOW6r oett eite ii coudre REENEN EEN 230 TRIGgeren SEQuence BBPower HOLDolt 4 irre rte bet eee SEENEN 231 TRIGger n SEQuence TFPawerHOLLDDOff 2 2ccestaucccz ierant ne nee tna trux e ntn aaa 231 TRIGger n 2 SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis eese 231 TRIGgeren T SEQuenceT HOLDO MEJ eeneg a aii vitaes 231 TRIGger n 2 SEQuence LEVel EXTernal esses 232 Neier E t tt Ee ebat ete dera bac dax aaa Ud deban Le aaa enne 232 TRiGger lt n gt SEQuencel SOURCE 120 EE 232 OUT PUPIFESQURCE E 233 Rn Te EE 233 FORMat DEXPort DSEParator lt Separator gt This command defines which decimal separator decimal point or comma is to be used for outputting measurement data to the file in ASCII format Different languages of evaluation programs e g MS Excel can thus be supported Parameters lt Separator gt POINt COMMA RST factory setting is POINt RST does not affect set ting Example FORM DEXP DSEP POIN Sets the decimal point as separator DIAGnostic lt n gt SERVice NSOurce lt S
6. n Further Information This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE MAXH See DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed The R amp S FSV saves the smallest of the previously stored currently measured values in the trace memory The detector is automatically set to Negative Peak This mode is useful e g for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal visi ble Noise interference signals or modulated signals are suppressed whereas a CW signal is recognized by its constant level This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE MINH see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 Average The average is formed over several sweeps The Sweep Count determines the number of averaging procedures All available detectors can be selected If the detector is automatically selected the sample detector is used see chapter 5 2 3 Detector Overview on page 20 This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE AVER see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 View The current contents of the trace memory are frozen and displayed Note If a trace is frozen the instrument settings apart from level range a
7. 73 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K72 sees 75 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K72 sessss 76 Softkeys of the Auto Set Menu AUTO SET Key R amp S FSV K72 sss 78 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for CDA Meaeurements n 80 Display Concept Measurement results The code domain analyzer can show up to four result diagrams in four different Screens windows at one time For each screen you can define which type of result diagram is to be displayed or deactivate the screen temporarily The current configura tion of the display i e which screens are displayed and which result diagram is dis played in which screen can be stored and retrieved later Thus you can easily switch between predefined display configurations All results are calculated from the same dataset of the recorded signal Thus it is not necessary to restart the measurement in order to switch the display mode Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 29 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements L Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Spectrum Analyzer 3G FDD UE 3G FDD BTS Ref Level 10 00 dBm Freq 413 223738645 MHz Channel 0 256 Power Rel to Total Att 10 dB CPICH Slot 0 SymbRate 15 ksps SGL 0 00 Hz 0 00 Hz 0 Chips The available measurement types and result diagra
8. P Am u Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Status Status display Codes that are not assigned are marked as inactive channels Conflict Delete Channel New Channel Detection Settings Removes the selected channel from the table Meas New Channel Detection Settings Create a new channel table with the settings from the current measurement data Sort New Channel Detection Settings Sorts the channel table entries Save New lt Channel Detection Settings Saves the changes to the table and closes the Channel Table Settings dialog box Cancel New Channel Detection Settings Closes the Channel Table Settings dialog box without saving the changes Add Channel New Channel Detection Settings Adds a channel to the table Copy Channel Detection Settings Opens the Copy Channel Table dialog box to copy the currently displayed channel table Enter a name for the new table edit the settings as described for a new table see New on page 60 and select Save Edit Channel Detection Settings Opens the Edit Channel Table dialog box to edit the currently displayed channel table Edit the settings as described for a new table see New on page 60 and select Save Delete Channel Detection Settings Deletes the currently displayed channel table after a message is confirmed Restore Default Tables Channel Detecti
9. Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 2kHz CFILter 2 4 kHz CFILter SSB 2 7 kHz CFILter 3 kHz CFILter 3 4 kHz CFILter 4 kHz CFILter DAB Satellite 4 5 kHz CFILter 5 kHz CFILter 6 kHz CFILter 6 kHz a 0 2 RRC APCO 8 5 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 12 5 kHz channels 9 kHz CFILter AM Radio 10 kHz CFILter 12 5 kHz CFILter CDMAone 14 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 20 kHz channels 15 kHz CFILter 16 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 25 kHz channels 18 kHz a 0 35 RRC TETRA 20 kHz CFILter 21 kHz CFILter PDC 24 3 kHz a 0 35 RRC IS 136 25 kHz CFILter 30 kHz CFILter CDPD CDMAone 50 kHz CFILter 100 kHz CFILter 150 kHz CFILter FM Radio 192 kHz CFILter PHS 200 kHz CFILter 300 kHz CFILter 500 kHz CFILter J 83 8 VSB DVB USA ES Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 24 R amp S FSV K72 5 2 7 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements m HHW m P a ew Further Information Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 1 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1 228 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1 28 MHz a 0 22 RRC 1 5 MHz CFILter DAB 2MHz CFILter 3 MHz CFILter 3 75 MHz CFILter 3 84 MHz a 0 22 RRC W CDMA 3GPP 4 096 MHz a 0 22 RRC W CDMA NTT DOCoMo 5MHz CFILter 20 MHz CFILter 28 MHz CFILter 40 MHz CFILter ASCII F
10. leds 63 Bandwidth D MENU M Resolution E demodulation settings eesesseeeeeene 61 MProm descrambling Blank trace mode one aene renes 22 detector OVEIVIOW P 20 C DiglConf ie M M N ESN 83 Capture Length siirsin iuir daie 54 Digital IQ data CODE E aa 88 device e es 81 Complementary cumulative distribution function 88 Digital IQ Info CDP channel parameter 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeaes 35 Remote control cccccccccccoccecccoccccccecsecececsesecseceseeeceesees 224 Center frequency Softkey MICE m eles aipania aaa iiaii display configuration CF Stepsize defining ecce etse EC EE 64 Ye 67 predefined Ch SF display mode channel Bitstream tere tn tier cac Re rae ree ree UHR 43 Cle Code Domain Channel Table 284 channel detection settings Code Domain Error 37 Channel Search Mode K 2 diti eie tpe ee eere eda 59 Channel Table Compare A dEReteE 59 Channel tables Adding channels 61 Copying 61 Deleting 61 Editing 61 RESONO EE 61 Characters Special Clear Write trace mode Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 Code Domain Power sse 33 Code Domain Result Summary sss 38 Composite Const cee ce
11. Suffix lt n gt window For applications that do not have more than 1 measure ment window the suffix lt n gt is irrelevant Parameters lt Trace gt 1to6 selected measurement trace lt FileName gt DOS file name The file name includes indication of the path and the drive name Indication of the path complies with DOS conventions Example MMEM STOR TRAC 3 TEST ASC Stores trace 3 in the file TEST ASC SYSTem DISPlay UPDate lt State gt In remote control mode this command switches on or off the instrument display If switched on only the diagrams traces and display fields are displayed and updated The best performance is obtained if the display output is switched off during remote control Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example SYST DISP UPD ON TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel BBPower lt Level gt This command sets the level of the baseband power trigger source for digital input via the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt Level gt Range 50 dBm to 20 dBm RST 20 DBM Example TRIG LEV BB 30DBM Mode All Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 230 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands pmm M CK C CO J Y Other Commands Referenced in this Manual TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence BBPower HOL
12. ES Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 14 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements 5 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements The R amp S FSV equipped with the 3GPP Base Station Measurement option R amp S FSV K72 performs code domain power measurements on downlink signals according to the 3GPP standard Third Generation Partnership Project FDD mode Signals that meet the conditions for channel configuration of 3GPP standard test models 1 to 5 can be measured including HSDPA and HSUPA signals test model 5 In addition to the code domain power measurements specified by the 3GPP standard the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option offers measurements with predefined settings in the frequency domain e g power measurements To open the 3GPP BTS menu e fthe 3G FDD BTS mode is not the active measurement mode press the MODE key and activate the 3G FDD BTS option e fthe 3G FDD BTS mode is already active press the HOME key The 3GPP BTS menu is displayed Menu and Softkey Description e chapter 6 1 3 Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer R amp S FSV K72 on page 49 e chapter 6 3 7 Softkeys and Menus for RF Measurements K72 on page 91 e chapter 6 1 4 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu for CDA measurements FREQ key R amp S FSV K72 on page 66 e chapter 6 1 5 Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu AMPT key R amp S FSV K72 on page 67 e chapter 6 1 11 So
13. where MAG magnitude error of chip number k Sk complex chip value of received signal Xk complex chip value of reference signal k index number of the evaluated chip N number of chips at each CPICH slot n index number for mean power calculation of reference signal Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC F X ED XTIM CDP CHIP MAGN see CALCulate lt n gt F T ED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried a list of magnitude error values of all chips at the selected slot is returned The values are calculated as the magnitude dif ference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip in and are normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected slot 6 1 2 17 Phase Error vs Chip Phase Error vs Chip activates the phase error versus chip display The phase error is displayed for all chips of the slected slot The phase error is calculated by the differ ence of the phase of received signal and phase of reference signal The reference sig nal is estimated from the channel configuration of all active channels The phase error is given in degrees in a range of 180 to 180 PHI gs glx N 2560 kefo wN 1 where PHI phase error of chip number k Sk complex chip value of received signal Xk complex chip value of reference signal k
14. 22 Clear Write 21 73 Max Hold 21 74 Min Hold 22 74 M M M 22 74 trigger er M 54 72 Trigger OSET iacob the ete 55 73 Trigger Source External eli A E M Y 54 72 Trigger Source Free Run rl A 54 72 TX Settings EX IQ BOX 4 initi rh rrr 83 U Upper Level Hysteresis e EE Upper case commands V VBW RMS detector esssssseeeenente Video bandwidth View trace mode sssssssssseseeneeeemnnnn Z Zoom Atmplit de 3 2 ederet n eiecit 22 74
15. RF Measurements video bandwidth 10 x resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth 10 MHz max VBW This coupling ratio is recommended whenever the amplitudes of pulsed signals are to be measured correctly The IF filter is exclusively responsible for pulse shaping No additional evaluation is performed by the video filter This setting takes effect if you define the video bandwidth automatically Video BW Auto Remote command BAND VID RAT 10 see SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio on page 197 RBW VBW Noise 10 Coupling Ratio Sets the following coupling ratio video bandwidth resolution bandwidth 10 At this coupling ratio noise and pulsed signals are suppressed in the video domain For noise signals the average value is displayed This setting takes effect if you define the video bandwidth automatically Video BW Auto Remote command BAND VID RAT 0 1 see SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio on page 197 RBW VBW Manual Coupling Ratio Activates the manual input of the coupling ratio The resolution bandwidth video bandwidth ratio can be set in the range 0 001 to 1000 This setting takes effect if you define the video bandwidth automatically Video BW Auto Remote command BAND VID RAT 10 see SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio on page 197 Span RBW Auto 100 Coupling Ratio Sets the following coupling ratio resolution bandwidth span 100 This couplin
16. eese esses eene nennen nennen nnn runner nnne nn 182 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 esee enne 182 STATus QUEStionable subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eene 208 TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 esee eeeeneeeennnnn nnne nnne nnn 209 Other Commands Referenced in this Manual eene 219 pedi ooo 234 till CN E ne See nee eee eter eon 235 List OF ema EEeg 236 NAEK E 241 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 4 R amp S FSV K72 Preface Documentation Overview 1 Preface 1 1 Documentation Overview The user documentation for the R amp S FSV is divided as follows e Quick Start Guide e Operating Manuals for base unit and options e Service Manual e Online Help e Release Notes Quick Start Guide This manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the CD It provides the information needed to set up and start working with the instrument Basic operations and basic measurements are described Also a brief introduction to remote control is given The manual includes general information e g Safety Instruc tions and the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction General information Chapter 2 Front and Rear Panel Chapter 3 Preparing for Use Chapter 4 Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Optio
17. Ju CJ au Time Alignment Error Measurement If you select the File gt Exit menu item in the R amp S DiglConf window the application is closed Note that in this case the settings are lost and the EX IQ BOX functionality is no longer available until you restart the application using the DiglConf softkey in the R amp S FSV once again Remote command Remote commands for the R amp S DiglConf software always begin with SOURce EBOX Such commands are passed on from the R amp S FSV to the R amp S DiglConf automatically which then configures the R amp S EX IQ BOX via the USB connection All remote commands available for configuration via the R amp S DiglConf software are described in the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SG amp DiglConf Software Operating Manual Example 1 SOURCe EBOX RST SOURce EBOX IDN Result Rohde amp Schwarz DiglConf 02 05 436 Build 47 Example 2 SOURce EBOX USER CLOCk REFerence FREQuency 5MHZ Defines the frequency value of the reference clock 6 2 Time Alignment Error Measurement The Time Alignment Error softkey activates the Time Alignment Error TAE mea surement for the combined signals of both antennas of a base station The antenna signals of the two BTS transmitter branches are fed to the analyzer via a combiner Each antenna must provide a common pilot channel i e P CPICH for antenna 1 and P CPIC
18. Selects FFT sweeps Manual operation See Sweep on page 105 See FFT on page 105 See Auto on page 106 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 206 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SEENEN SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 8 6 3 5 Other Commands in the SENSe Subsystem SENSe AVERage n COUNt lt NoMeasurements gt This command defines the number of measurements which contribute to the average value Note that continuous averaging is performed after the indicated number has been reached in continuous sweep mode In single sweep mode the sweep is stopped as soon as the indicated number of meas urements sweeps is reached Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible in single sweep mode This command has the same effect as the SENSe lt source gt SWEep COUNt com mand In both cases the number of measurements is defined whether the average cal culation is active or not The number of measurements applies to all traces in the window Suffix n Selects the measurement window Parameters lt NoMeasurements gt 0 to 32767 RST 0 Example SWE CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode AVER COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16 AVER STAT ON Switches on the calculation of average INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps SENSe JAVERage lt n gt STATe lt Trace gt State This command turns av
19. nm RF Measurements Power Sensor For precise power measurement a power sensor can be connected to the instrument via the front panel USB connector or the rear panel power sensor option R amp S FSV B5 The Power Sensor Support firmware option R amp S FSV K9 provides the power measurement functions for this test setup This softkey is only available if the R amp S FSV option Power Sensor R amp S FSV K9 is installed For details see the chapter Instrument Functions Power Sensor K9 in the base unit description This softkey is available for RF measurements Trigger Out Sets the Trigger Out port in the Additional Interfaces option R amp S FSV B5 only to low or high Thus you can trigger an additional device via the external trigger port for example Remote command OUTPut TRIGger on page 233 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 113 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 Basic Settings in Code Domain Measurement Mode Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 This chapter gives an overview of the chapter 7 1 Basic Settings in Code Domain Measurement Mode on page 114 and explains some basic 3GPP FDD base station tests It describes how operating and measurement errors can be avoided using cor rect presetting The measurements are performed with an R amp S FSV equipped with option R amp S FSV K72 Key settings are shown as examples to avoid measurement errors Following the cor r
20. ters Chapter 1 Performance Test Chapter 2 Adjustment Chapter 3 Repair Chapter 4 Software Update Installing Options Chapter 5 Documents Online Help The online help contains context specific help on operating the R amp S FSV and all avail able options It describes both manual and remote operation The online help is instal Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 6 R amp S FSV K72 Preface DE Ege Conventions Used in the Documentation led on the R amp S FSV by default and is also available as an executable chm file on the CD delivered with the instrument Release Notes The release notes describe the installation of the firmware new and modified func tions eliminated problems and last minute changes to the documentation The corre sponding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes The cur rent release notes are provided in the Internet 1 2 Conventions Used in the Documentation 1 2 1 Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation Convention Description Graphical user interface ele All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen such as ments dialog boxes menus options buttons and softkeys are enclosed by quotation marks KEYS Key names are written in capital letters File names commands File names commands coding samples and screen output are distin program code guished by their font Inp
21. 6 3 7 7 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for RF Measurements The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the Input Output menu for RF measurements For CDA measurements see chapter 6 1 12 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for CDA Measurements on page 80 ipee iB p Em 112 Noise SOBIGB i me ear cai eec dedere e d ea eee en eat evt data dra edd i a adr Rd dd 112 US e 112 e EE 113 TOG gel pc 113 Input AC DC Toggles the RF input of the R amp S FSV between AC and DC coupling This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut COUPling on page 223 Noise Source Switches the supply voltage for an external noise source on or off For details on con nectors refer to the R amp S FSV Quick Start Guide Front and Rear Panel chapter Remote command DIAGnostic lt n gt SERVice NSOurce on page 220 Video Output Sends a video output signal according to the measured level to the connector on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV Note Video output does not return valid values in IQ or FFT mode Remote command OUTP IF VID SeeOUTPut IF SOURce on page 233 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 112 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm m H
22. Qv Measurement 5 Measurement of the Composite EVM See chapter 7 4 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power on page 117 In addition TRIG EXTERN 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Screen A Code domain power of signal test model 1 with 32 channels e Screen B Numeric results of CDP measurement e Trigger to Frame Offset between trigger event and start of 3GPP FDD BTS frame The repetition rate of the measurement increases considerably compared to the repeti tion rate of a measurement without an external trigger Setting Trigger Offset A delay of the trigger event referenced to the start of the 3GPP FDD BTS frame can be compensated by modifying the trigger offset 1 Settings on the R amp S FSV TRIG gt TRIGGER OFFSET gt 100 us 2 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The Trigger to Frame parameter in the numeric results table screen B changes Trigger to Frame gt 100 us Note A trigger offset compensates analog delays of the trigger event 7 6 Measurement 5 Measurement of the Composite EVM The 3GPP specification defines the composite EVM measurement as the average square deviation of the total signal An ideal reference signal is generated from the demodulated data The test signal and the reference signal are compared with each other The square deviation yields the composite EVM 1 Test setup a Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to t
23. XTIMe CDPower CHIP EVM ATIMe CDPower CHIP MAGNItude XTIMe CDPower CHIP PHASe XTIM CDP ERR SUMM XTIM CDP ERR CTABlOe XTIM CDP ERR PCDomain XTIM CDP MACCuraoy XTIM CDP PVSYmbol XTIM CDP COMP CONSGIellation XTIM CDP FVSLot XTIM CDP PVSLot XTIM CDP PVSLot ABSolute XTIM CDP PVSLot RATio XTIM CDP BSTReam XTIM CDP SYMB CONGIellation XTIM CDP SYMB EVM XTIMe CDPower SYMBol EVM PHASe XTIMe CDPower SYMBol EVM MAGNitude XTIM CDP PSVS XPOW CDEPower Result display of code domain error power as bar graph XKPOW CDP Result display of code domain power as bar graph absolute scaling XPOW CDP ABSolute Result display of code domain power as bar graph absolute scaling XTIM CDP BSTReam Result display of bit stream XTIMe CDP CHIP EVM Result display error vector magnitude EVM versus chip XTIMe CDP CHIP MAGNitude Result display magnitude error versus chip XTIMe CDPower CHIP PHASe Result display phase error versus chip XTIM CDP COMP CONStellation Result display of composite constellation XTIM CDP ERR CTABle Result display of channel assignment table XTIM CDP ERR PCDomain Result display of peak code domain error XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary Result display in tabular form XTIM CDP FVSLot Result display of frequency error versus slot XTIM CDP MACCuracy Result display of composite EVM error vector magnitude refer enced to the overall signal XPOW CDP OVERview
24. Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 130 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 2 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Result display of code domain power ratio as bar graph relative scaling XTIM CDP PSVS Result display of phase discontinuity versus slot XTIM CDP PVSLot Result display of power versus slot XTIM CDP PVSLot ABSolute Result display of power versus slot absolute scaling XTIM CDP PVSLot RATio Result display of power versus slot absolute scaling XTIM CDP PVSYmbol Result display of power versus symbol XPOW CDP RATio Result display of code domain power as bar graph relative scal ing XTIM CDP SYMB CONStellation Result display of symbol constellation XTIM CDP SYMB EVM Result display of symbol error vector magnitude XTIMe CDPower SYMBol EVM MAGNitude Result display of the symbol magnitude error XTIMe CDPower SYMBol EVM PHASe Result display of the symbol phase error RST depends on the active screen Example CALC3 FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMM Activates the result summary in screen C Mode WCDMA CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion subsystem The CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument CAL Culate nz M Abker mmzEUNGCHonCPIch seen aana nni 131 CALC late lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtIon POCP Ch se eenn nennen snas 132 CAL Culate nz M Abker mmzFUNGCHonbOWerREGut esent 132 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNC
25. Video BW Manual remote control 197 Video ee TE 112 Volt P X RBW remote control rco ern X Span remote control ssss x Axis Range remote control x Axis Ref Level remote control X Demod BW KY ui eate eei esee Y PER DIV ET y Axis Max Value remote control 169 y Unit Abs remote control sssse 168 Zero Span remote control sssssss 201 Softkey ACLR AUTO AUtO LOVE M Average xx near ec eege de BB Power Retrigger Holdoff remote control Center remote control VE WEE ER Clear WE 21 73 Cont Meas remote control Continue Single Sweep sssuuss 71 109 Continuous Sweep eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeaee 71 109 Continuous Sweep remote control Decim Sep remote Control sssssse 220 DIGI GONE eee imet ft teen teer 83 EL Atten remote control ssesssusss 228 EL Atten Mode Auto Man remote control 227 228 El Atten On Off een 69 100 EX IQ BOX Wi WE FFT Filter Mode erre Frequency Offset remote control Frontend Settings cem retener ull Spam oie rte t eei IF Power Retrigger Holdoff remote control IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis remote control 231 Inp
26. 6 1 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu for CDA Measurements SWEEP key R amp S FSV K72 The menu of the SWEEP key contains options to switch between single measurement and continuous measurement and to control individual measurements The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the Sweep menu in 3GPP Base Station Measurement Mode for Code Domain Analysis measurements For all other measurements the softkeys are described in chapter 6 3 7 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu on page 108 e tele En EE 71 SMOE SWOOP 71 TUTE ue E EE 71 Sweep COUME EN 71 Continuous Sweep Sets the continuous sweep mode the sweep takes place continuously according to the trigger settings This is the default setting The trace averaging is determined by the sweep count value see the Sweep Count softkey Sweep Count on page 71 Remote command INIT CONT ON see INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous on page 221 Single Sweep Sets the single sweep mode after triggering starts the number of sweeps that are defined by using the Sweep Count softkey The measurement stops after the defined number of sweeps has been performed Remote command INIT CONT OFF see INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous on page 221 Continue Single Sweep Repeats the number of sweeps set by using the Sweep Count softkey without deleting the trace of the last measurement This is particularly of interest when using the trace config
27. Data without tolerance limits is not binding R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Trade names are trademarks of the owners The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual R amp S9FSV is abbreviated as R amp S FSV R amp S FSV K72 Contents WR GE 5 1 4 Documentation Overview eeesesseeseesessseeeeennennenn nnne nn nnn nn tnnt nnne nnn nnns nnn nnn 5 1 2 Conventions Used in the Documentation ccccccecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneneaeeeeees 7 1 3 How to Use the Help System eeseeeseeeeeeeeneeeneenennn nnne nnne nnn nnns 8 1 4 Notes for Users of R amp S FSV 1307 9002Kxx Models eeeeeeeen nennen 9 ME UNC TL IN cian a i 10 3 Setup for Base Station TeSts ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 4 3GPP FDD BTS Test Model S wisscccceincccscdesciceedcesdcvsdisteasicavicwsdectdawianetenes 13 5 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements 15 5 1 Measurements and Result Diagrams eese 16 5 2 Further InformatiOD eire REPAIRS RERREARIXRRARRRARRARSRERRRRKKAR RRRRARRERRFRRCRKRRRKURARRRARRERARRR ER 17 6 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 27 6 1 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements eene nennen 28 6 2 Time Alignment Error Measurement cesses enne nennen 84
28. TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 15 pairs of slots slot number of CPICH and level values are transferred lt slot number gt lt level value in dB gt for 15 slots 6 1 2 8 Composite Constellation The Composite Const measurement analyzes the entire signal given one single slot For large numbers of channels to analyze the results will superimpose In that case the benefit of this measurement is limited senseless In Composite Const measurement the constellation points of the 1536 Chips are dis played for the specified slot This data is determined inside the DSP even before the channel search l e it is not possible to assign constellation points to channels The constellation points are displayed normalized with respect to the total power Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP COMP CONS see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the real and the imaginary components of the chip constellation at the selected slot are transferred lt Re1 gt Im1 lt Re2 gt lt Im2 gt lt Re2560 gt Im2560 The values are normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected slot 6 1 2 9 Power vs Symbol The Power vs Symbol measurement shows the power over the symbol number for the selected channel and the selected slot Th
29. CALCulate lt n gt STATistics RESult lt Trace gt on page 167 6 3 6 RF Combi This measurement combines the Adjacent Channel Power chapter 6 3 3 Ch Power ACLR on page 86 measurement with chapter 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth on page 87 and chapter 6 3 2 Spectrum Emission Mask on page 86 The ACP and OBW are measured on trace 1 from which the SEM trace 2 is derived with integration method The advantage of the RF COMBI measurement is that all RF results are measured with a single measurement process This measurement is faster than the three single measurements R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements RF Measurements Spectrum 3G FDD BTS 3G FDD BTS Ref Level 46 93 dBm Offset 51 10 dB RBW 30 kHz Code Att 12 dB SWT 100 ms VBW 300 kHz Mode Auto Sweep Domain e IRM Clrw e 2Rm Clrw Analyzer Limit M1 1 40 dBm L HA Occ Bw 30 dBm 20 dBm 10 dBm Spectrum 0 dBm Emission gt as 10 dBm 20 dBm 30 dBm HD ec 50 dBm Span 25 7 MHz W CDMA 3GPP FWD wg SE e emt NN 36 40 dBm Channel Bandwidth Upper Measuring Fig 6 3 RF Combi measurement The following user specific settings are not modified on the first access following pre setting e Level parameters e Center Frequency Frequency Offset e All trigger settings CHAN PWR ACP CP ACP ON TRACE 1 CP ACP STANDARD W CDMA 3GPP REV CP ACP CONFIG NO OF ADJ CHAN 2 SPAN 25 5 MHz DET
30. Code domain power measurement This selection has the same effect as command INSTrument SELect POWer Channel power measurement standard 3GPP WCDMA For ward with predefined settings OBANdwith Measurement of occupied power bandwidth CCDF Measurement of complementary cumulative distribution function RFCombi Combined Adjacent Channel Power Ch Power ACLR measure ment with Occupied Bandwidth and Spectrum Emission Mask TAERror Time Alignment Error measurement RST OFF Example CONF WCDP MEAS POW Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 170 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands a a A GU Hm CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Mode WCDMA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe State This command switches the channel table on or off When switch on takes place the measured channel table is stored under the name RECENT and is switched on After the RECENT channel table is switched on another channel table can be selected with the command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 175 Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CONF WCDP CTAB ON Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Channel Search Mode on page 59 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle CATalog This command reads out the names of all channel tables stored on the hard disk Return values lt Result gt lt Sum of file lengths of all subsequent files gt lt free memory on hard disk gt 1st file name 1st file length gt lt 2n
31. INP IMP 75 Manual operation See Input 50 O 75 O on page 102 INPut SELect Source This command selects the signal source for measurements Parameters Source RF DIQ RF Radio Frequency RF INPUT connector DIQ Digital IQ only available with R amp S Digital I Q Interface option R amp S FSV B17 RST RF Example INP SEL RF Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN Manual operation See Input Path on page 81 MMEMory STORe lt n gt LIST lt FileName gt This command stores the current list evaluation results ina lt file name gt dat file The file consists of a data section containing the list evaluation results Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt FileName gt lt file name gt Example MMEM STOR LIST test Stores the current list evaluation results in the test dat file Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 229 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SSES Other Commands Referenced in this Manual MMEMory STORe lt n gt TRACe Trace lt FileName gt This command stores the selected trace in the specified window in a file with ASCII for mat The file format is described in chapter 5 2 7 ASCII File Export Format on page 25 The decimal separator decimal point or comma for floating point numerals contained in the file is defined with the FORMat DEXPort DSEParator command see FORMat DEXPort DSEParator on page 220
32. In general the signal analyzer measures the signal voltage at the RF input The level display is calibrated in RMS values of an unmodulated sine wave signal In the default state the level is displayed at a power of 1 mW dBm Via the known input impe dance 50 Q or 75 Q conversion to other units is possible The following units are available and directly convertible dBm dBmV dByV dBpA dBpW Volt Ampere Watt Remote command CALCulate lt n gt UNIT POWer on page 169 Preamp On Off Switches the preamplifier on and off If option R amp S FSV B22 is installed the preamplifier is only active below 7 GHz If option R amp S FSV B24 is installed the preamplifier is active for all frequencies This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut GAIN STATe onpage 228 RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the attenuation irrespective of the reference level If electronic attenuation is activated option R amp S FSV B25 only El Atten Mode Auto softkey this setting defines the mechanical attenuation The mechanical attenuation can be set in 10 dB steps The RF attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps with option R amp S FSV B25 1 dB steps The range is specified in the data sheet If the current reference level cannot be set for the set RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly This function is not avail
33. The trigger threshold for an external trigger event is 1 4 V Due to an internal lowpass between the back panel and the trigger detector the trigger pulse is delayed in correlation to its own level Trace statistic in the result summary display The trace statistic functions can be enabled by focussing SCREEN B After screen B is focussed the Trace menu can be called by pressing the TRACE key In the Trace menu the type of trace statistic can be selected The parameter SWEEP COUNT determines the number of sweeps If measured with the trace statistic the channel table is automatically switched to predefined mode The last measured channel table is used and stored to RECENT In this case any change in the signal channel configuration does not influence the displayed channel table 1 Test setup a Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSV b Connect the reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors c Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV EXT TRIG GATE to the external trigger output on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz Baseband 3GPP FDD BS Test Setup Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTE
34. option manuals The following Operating Manuals are available for the R amp S FSV e R amp S FSV base unit in addition R amp S FSV K9 Power Sensor Support R amp S FSV K14 Spectrogram Measurement e R amp S FSV K7 Analog Demodulation and R amp S FSV K7S FM Stereo Measurements e R amp S FSV K10 GSM EDGE Measurement e R amp S FSV K30 Noise Figure Measurement e R amp S FSV K40 Phase Noise Measurement e R amp S FSV K70 Vector Signal Analysis Operating Manual R amp S FSV K70 Vector Signal Analysis Getting Started First measurements e R amp S FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS Analysis e R amp S FSV K73 3GPP FDD UE Analysis e R amp S FSV K76 77 3GPP TD SCDMA BTS UE Measurement e R amp S FSV K82 83 CDMA2000 BTS MS Analysis e R amp S FSV K84 85 1xEV DO BTS MS Analysis e R amp S FSV K91 WLAN IEEE 802 11 e R amp S FSV K93 WiMAX IEEE 802 16 OFDM OFDMA Analysis e R amp S FSV K100 K104 EUTRA LTE Downlink Measurement Application e R amp S FSV K101 K105 EUTRA LTE Uplink Measurement Application These manuals are available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument Service Manual This manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument It describes how to check compliance with rated specifications instrument function repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It contains all information required for repairing the R amp S FSV by replacing modules The manual includes the following chap
35. 162 CAL Culate cnzMAbkercmzX GL lMits Z0OOM eerte enne 163 CAL Culate cnzM AbkercmzX GLUlMtslGTATel enne 162 CAL e ENEE TE EE 163 CALCulatecnz MAbkermztSTAaTel eene nee nnnn nne nnnr nnn rnte th nint sette sne sn tenr enn rnn sentis CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch AUTO CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch MARGin a CALCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch PSHoOw esses eene eene enne ennt nennen nnns CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch SUBRan QS eene eene nnne nnne nne 165 CALCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch IMMediate essen 164 CAEGCulatesn S TATistics CCDF S TATe rrr reae tror erae x nera rte err Erden eoe ao EEN 166 CALCulate n STATistics NSAMples essssssssseseseseeeene nennen nennen nennt nnne nnns etna tern tnnt s nete s enses 166 CAL Gulatesn STATistics PRES6 tert dite tides kara deseos eda Doer mier A a re AR red pd tee paene 166 CAlLCulatecnzGTATlsticebREGutTracez A 167 CAlCulate cnz GTATlstceGCAleAlTOoONCE tenente tnnt tnr nrns enne sen tnn nnn nnn 167 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics SCALe X RANGe CALCulate lt n gt STATistics SCALe X RLEVel CAlLCulatecnzGTATlsticeGCAlevLOwWer nee nnnns nennt nt nnnts shirts nets stets nnn CAlLCulatecnzGTATlstice GCAley UNITA CAlLCulatecnzGTATlsticeGCAlev Uber e Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 238 R amp S FSV K72 List of Commands CALCulate lt n gt UNIT POWer CONFioure WCDbowert BT
36. 180 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 176 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands DESEN DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RPOSition seen 180 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RVALue esses 181 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SPACing eiie cisci einen naini inai 181 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt STATe State Activates deactivates the window specified by the suffix n The other measurements are not aborted but continue running in the background Suffix n window Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example DISP WIND3 STAT ON Turns on a third measurement screen Mode CDMA EVDO TDS WCDMA DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE Mode This command defines the type of display and the evaluation of the traces WRITE cor responds to the Clr Write mode of manual operation The trace is switched off BLANK in manual operation with DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt STATe The number of measurements for AVERage MAXHold and MINHold is defined with the SENSe AVERage lt n gt COUNt or SENSe SWEep COUNt commands It should be noted that synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible in single sweep mode Suffix n window For applications that do not have more than 1 measure ment window the suffix n is irrelevant lt t gt trac
37. 206 SENSe SWEep TIME on page 205 Full Span Sets the span to the full frequency range of the R amp S FSV specified in the data sheet This setting is useful for overview measurements Remote command SENSe FREQuency SPAN FULL on page 201 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 95 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 3 7 4 RF Measurements Last Span Sets the span to the previous value With this function e g a fast change between overview measurement and detailed measurement is possible Remote command Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu The following table shows all softkeys available in the Amplitude menu It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is pro vided in the corresponding softkey description PRED LCV DH 96 Cio E 96 L Range Log Eege 97 LRange Log 50 EE 97 L Range IF RD MH 97 LRange Log olo NET 97 I 0 Log MNRRDERSR 98 Er 0015 71 Mantal MESRINE TERRI eSI casi 98 Lco EL e REOR 98 Li 0 18 047 MEME 98 Bg H ee 98 IRI OOM Em 99 RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual erret teen pen nones 99 RF Atton Auto Mech ATE ABO nette e Rant he erdt eee Rae nae Rap ee e Rede ac naut 100 BL Aten ORION Se V 100 El Atten Mode Autos Mian EE 100 Rof Level Offsel oer nn
38. 4 irrelevant Query parameters lt ABitstreamNo gt ABITstream1 ABITstream2 ABITstream3 ABITstream4 Number of the active bit stream Example CALC2 FEED XTIM CDP BSTReam Sets the result display for screen B to bit stream TRAC2 DATA ABITstream2 Returns the bit streams of all 15 slots in trace 2 screen B one after the other Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 213 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 TRACe lt n gt DATA lt ATRACE gt This command returns a list of absolute frequency errors vs slot for all slots In contrast to the scope presentation and the TRACE lt t gt parameter return value absolute values are returned Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Query parameters lt ATRACE gt ATRACE1 ATRACE2 ATRACE3 ATRACE4 ATRACE5 ATRACE6 Trace number for which absolute values are returned Return values lt Result gt SlotNumber 0 FreqError 0 SlotNumber 14 FreqError 14 Comma separated list with 15 entries one for each slot Default unit Hz Example TRAC2 DATA ATRACE2 Returns a list of absolute frequency errors for all slots in trace 2 screen B Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA CTABLe This command returns the pilot length and the channel state active inactive in addi tion to the values returned for TRACE lt t gt Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Retu
39. 6 3 RF Measurements rrr tet tr sssrini inanar srania naiaiaee EEN FEN NAR Rua Rae Eat EE 85 7 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 114 7 1 Basic Settings in Code Domain Measurement Mode 114 7 2 Measurement 1 Measurement of the Signal Channel Power 115 7 3 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask 116 7 4 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power 117 7 5 Measurement 4 Triggered Measurement of Relative Code Domain Power 119 7 6 Measurement 5 Measurement of the Composite EVM 120 7 7 Measurement 6 Measurement of Peak Code Domain Error 121 7 8 Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time 122 8 Remote Control Commandqs esee 125 MEM Lorum 126 8 2 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eeeeeseeseee eese nn nnn nennen nn 128 8 3 CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 sees 170 8 4 DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 e eeeeeeeeeeee seen nenne nennen nnn nnne nenne nnn nn 176 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 3 R amp S FSV K72 Contents 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 8 9 10 INSTrument subsystem
40. 7584 02 02 65 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m RE Mr M C HH Gu Code Domain Analyzer Measurements e Enter a channel number and spreading factor separated by a decimal point If the channel number and the spreading factor are entered simultaneously the entered channel is selected and marked in red if an active channel is involved For the display the channel number entered is converted on the basis of spreading factor 512 For unused channels the code resulting from the conversion is marked Example Enter 5 128 Channel 5 is marked at spreading factor 128 30 ksps if the channel is active oth erwise code 20 at spreading factor 512 e Enter a channel number without a decimal point In this case the instrument interprets the entered code as based on spreading fac tor 512 If the code entered corresponds to a used channel the entire associated channel is marked If the code corresponds to an unused channel only the code entered is marked Example Enter 20 Code 20 is marked at spreading factor 512 if there is no active channel on this code If for instance channel 5 is active at spreading factor 128 the entire channel 5 is marked If the entered code corresponds to an active channel the entire associated chan nel is marked If it corresponds to a gap between the channels only the entered code is marked If the code numb
41. ACPower Adjacent channel power measurement with a single carrier sig nal CPOWer Channel power measurement with a single carrier signal equiv alent to adjacent channel power measurement with NO OF ADJ CHAN 0 MCACpower Channel adjacent channel power measurement with several car rier signals OBANdwidth OBWidth Measurement of occupied bandwidth CN Measurement of carrier to noise ratio CNO Measurement of carrier to noise ratio referenced to 1 Hz band width Example CALC MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP Switches on adjacent channel power measurement CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion TAERror RESult lt ResultType gt This command queries the result of a time alignment measurement see chapter 6 2 Time Alignment Error Measurement on page 84 Suffix n irrelevant Query parameters lt ResultType gt TAERror Returns the time offset between the two antenna signals in chips Example CALC MARK FUNC TAER RES TAER Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 134 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion WCDPower BTS RESult Results This command queries the measured and calculated results of the 3GPP FDD BTS code domain power measurement Suffix n irrelevant m 1 irrelevant R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters Results ACHannels ARC
42. All other menus of the R amp S FSV are adapted to the functions of the code domain measurement mode chapter 6 3 1 Output Power Measure ments on page 86 Activates the channel power measurement with defined set tings in the analyzer mode chapter 6 3 3 Ch Power ACLR on page 86 Activates the adjacent channel power measurement with defined settings in the analyzer mode chapter 6 3 2 Spectrum Emission Mask on page 86 Compares the signal power in different carrier offset ranges with the maximum values specified by 3GPP chapter 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth on page 87 Activates the measurement of the occupied bandwidth ana lyzer mode chapter 6 3 5 CCDF on page 88 Evaluates the signal with regard to its statistical characteristics distribution function of the signal amplitudes chapter 6 3 6 RF Combi on page 89 Activates the RF combination measurement of adjacent chan nel leakage error ACP spectrum emission mask SEM and occupied bandwidth OBW chapter 6 2 Time Alignment Error Mea surement on page 84 Activates the Time Alignment Error Measurement for the com bined signals of both antennas of a base station e Code Domain Analyzer Measurement AAA 28 e Time Alignment Error Measurement iiseeeseieeceeeeeedaee eren niece 84 e RF Measurements Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 27 R amp S FSV K72 6 1 6
43. CDEV Result 1 SMU200A 103634 O0ut A 70000000 100000000 Passed Not Started 0 0 Mode IQ VSA EVDO CDMA WCDMA GSM ADEMOD TDS Manual operation See Connected Device on page 81 See Digital IQ Info on page 81 INPut DIQ RANGe AUTO lt State gt If enabled the digital input fullscale level is automatically set to the value provided by the connected device if available This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example INP DIQ RANG AUTO ON Mode IQ VSA EVDO CDMA WCDMA GSM ADEMOD TDS INPut DIQ RANGe COUPIling State If enabled the reference level for digital input is adjusted to the full scale level automat ically if the fullscale level changes This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example INP DIQ RANG COUP OFF Mode IQ VSA EVDO CDMA WCDMA GSM ADEMOD TDS Manual operation See Adjust Reference Level to Full Scale Level on page 81 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer lt Level gt Defines or queries the Full Scale Level i e the level that should correspond to an UO sample w
44. HYSTeresis UPPer and SENSe ADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis LOWer Example ADJ LEV Manual operation See Adjust Ref Lvl on page 53 See Auto Level on page 79 Other SENSe Commands Referenced in this Manual SENSe BANDwidth subsystem SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution ccnccnctttr ttes 195 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO ecccccntnttn tnter 195 ISENSeBANDwOlBWIDOERESOluontEET ntes 195 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATiO eccccncnttn ttn 196 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE cenccec tette 196 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VlDeo ecce tette ns 197 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 194 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe BANDwWIGth BWIDtU VIDEO AUTO siisii ainin ete rennen netur tne 197 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATIO iinan anna iaaa iaaa 197 SENSE BANDWICIRIBWIDIVIDGO T YPE 1 rere ttti eo net et eee t EA REEERE 198 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Bandwidth This command defines the resolution bandwidth The available resolution bandwidths are specified in the data sheet For details on the correlation between resolution bandwidth and filter type refer to chapter 5 2 5 Select ing the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 Parameters Bandwidth refer to data sheet RST AUTO is set to ON Example BAND 1 MHz Se
45. Interface option R amp S FSV B17 The RF attenuation defines the level at the input mixer according to the formula levelmixer lEVelinput RF attenuation Note As of firmware version 1 61 the maximum mixer level allowed is 0 dBm Mixer levels above this value may lead to incorrect measurement results which are indicated by the OVLD status display The increased mixer level allows for an improved signal but also increases the risk of overloading the instrument Remote command INPut ATTenuation on page 222 RF Atten Auto Mech Att Auto Sets the RF attenuation automatically as a function of the selected reference level This ensures that the optimum RF attenuation is always used It is the default setting This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut ATTenuation AUTO on page 223 El Atten On Off This softkey switches the electronic attenuator on or off This softkey is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 When the electronic attenuator is activated the mechanical and electronic attenuation can be defined separately Note however that both parts must be defined in the same mode i e either both manually or both automatically This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 e To define the mechanical attenuation use the RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual or RF Atten Auto Mech A
46. K72 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Time domain trace of the WCDMA signal e Signal channel power within a bandwidth of 5 MHz in the marker info field 7 3 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emis sion Mask The 3GPP specification defines a measurement that monitors compliance with a spec tral mask in a range of at least x 12 5 MHz around the WCDMA carrier To assess the power emissions in the specified range the signal power is measured in the range near the carrier by means of a 30 kHz filter and in the ranges far away from the carrier by means of a 1 MHz filter The resulting trace is compared to a limit line defined in the 3GPP specification 1 Test setup Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the RF input of the R amp S FSV coaxial cable with N connectors 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz Baseband 3GPP FDD BS Test Setup Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTER 2 1175 GHz AMPT 0 dBm MODE 3G FDD BTS MEAS Spectrum Emission Mask 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Spectrum of the 3GPP FDD BTS signal e Limitline defined in the standard e Information on limit line violations passed failed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 116 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S
47. Measurements FFT Sweep Type Sets the Sweep Type to FFT mode The FFT sweep mode samples on a defined frequency value and transforms it to the spectrum by fast Fourier transformation FFT FFT is not available when using 5 Pole filters Channel filters or RRC filters In this case sweep mode is used Note The same applies when a tracking generator internal or external options R amp S FSV B9 B10 is active Remote command SWE TYPE FFT see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 Auto Sweep Type Automatically sets the fastest available Sweep Type for the current measurement Auto mode is set by default Remote command SWE TYPE AUTO see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type Defines the filter mode to be used for FFT filters by defining the partial span size The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis Auto FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type The firmware determines whether to use wide or narrow filters to obtain the best mea surement results Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution FFT on page 195 Narrow FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type For an RBW lt 10kHz the FFT filters with the smaller partial span are used This allows you to perform measurements near a carrier with a reduced reference level due to a narrower analog prefilter Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution FFT on page 19
48. RH P Mz A e ee Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Input Path Signal Source Defines whether the RF Radio Frequency or the Digital IQ input path is used for measurements Digital IQ is only available if option R amp S FSV B17 R amp S Digital UO Interface is installed Note Note that the input path defines the characteristics of the signal which differ sig nificantly between the RF input and digital input Remote command INPut SELect on page 229 Connected Device Signal Source Displays the name of the device connected to the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 to provide Digital IQ input The device name cannot be changed here The device name is unknown Remote command INPut DIQ CDEVice on page 224 Input Sample Rate Signal Source Defines the sample rate of the digital UO signal source This sample rate must corre spond with the sample rate provided by the connected device e g a generator Remote command INPut DIQ SRATe on page 226 Full Scale Level Signal Source The Full Scale Level defines the level that should correspond to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 The level can be defined either in dBm or Volt Remote command INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer on page 225 Level Unit Signal Source Defines the unit used for the full scale level Remote command INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer UNIT on page 226 Adjust Reference
49. S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The output format is identical to that of the TRAC1 DATA TRAC2 command for an activated Bitstream display see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 The only differ ence is the number of symbols which are evaluated The ABITstream parameter evalu ates all symbols of one frame Each symbol contains two QPSK or four 16QAM consecutive bits One value is transferred per bit range 0 1 The number of symbols is not constant and may vary depending on the selected channel and its symbol modu lation type Individual symbols in the bit stream may be invalid depending on the chan nel type and the bit rate symbols without power If HS DPA UPA is disabled see Channel Detection Settings on page 57 or SENSe CDPower HSDPamode on page 185 the values and number of the bits are as follows Unit D Value range 0 1 6 9 0 Low state of a transmitted bit 1 High state of a transmitted bit 6 Bit of a symbol of a suppressed slot of a DPCH in Compressed Mode DPCH CPRSD 9 Bit of a suppressed symbol of a DPCH e g TFCI off Bits per slot Naipersymp 2 Number of symbols Ngymp 150 2 8 Code Class Number of bits Ney Nsymb 7 NaitPerSymb Format Bityo Bike Bitio Bit Bityo Bity Bitysymb o Bitysymb 1 If HS DPA UPA is enabled see Channel Detection Settings on page 57 or SENSe CDPower HSDPamod
50. S SUPPOME incerto Antenne Range E Range Lin Unit Range Lin Unit remote control 181 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 Index Range Linear 96 eer n ennt 98 Range Linear 96 remote control 181 Range Log remote control j Range Log 1 TE EE Range Eogi5 dB EE Range Log 10 dB Range Log S0 dB EE Range Log 100 dB EE Range Log Manual RBW VBW Manual esee RBW VBW Noise IO RBW VBW Pulse 1 4 RBW VBW Sine III Ref Level remote control sssssssss Ref Level Offset Ref Level Offset remote control Ref Level POSION rre Ref Level Position remote control Ref Point Frequency remote control Ref Point Level remote control Ref Point Time remote control 5 Ref Val e retener rn Ref Value remote control essuussss Ref Value Position Ref Value Position remote control Reference Position remote control Res BW remote control Res BW Auto remote control Res BW Manual remote control RF Combi Save Evaluation List remote control Search Lim Off remote control Search Limits remote control Ge Select 1 2 3 4 r
51. SENSe CDPower ASEQUence rn tnra tnra rore pn rn nona n eerta n rena A ana ke aba ana ru e aai rua nau bh SENSe CDPOWSGECODE 4 roce ci ine e dr t pete doe d idee i a a Eg e dye dea petu EISE e Ree TEE IENGe ICDbower il TertGTATel nemen ennemi rennen ener nennen IENGeICDbower ERAMel LVAL ue EA SENSe CDPowerHSDPamode EE E EH e Kee e enn le eer rrt trennen reip reae eben gap ndr eane UEN Saia irisga EI E e Ree e ele EE SENSe CDPower L CODe DVALue SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch IMMediate SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARCHILIST AA EISE er Re ee TE SENSe CDPOWeRLEVElADUUSE c ccenccsscetcessenscessenesncsteerisaceesnanees coh cebeensnsscuadsncese netniaaaeds seiesreesbensancasteencenes SENSe CDPower MAPPitig citet peret encre sect tenebat zai aUe cue ce cupa YU ee aah nike EISE er Re le EE SENSe CDPower NORMalize SENSe CDPower POONITEOL iiir ta eee pd ele aaa re teet edad p ug ce e re dled SENSe GDPOWerPDIEf iiit t ae nevis eA Aid Ee ere rr ede TE aee opt ek eaae ce E E er Eege EE EE SENSe CDPower PREFer fce 2 iei den reete edi re ce vea cepta ue oca pede p i ba De eua deo e een 190 ISENSe CDPower QINV E 190 ETSI ESTA SI aio plz Plo Rn 190 EISE e Ree Be H EE 191 EISE e RECH dE 191 E E er Eege e Der le RE EE 191 SENSe GDPower UCPich PATTOFn aaiotpecr direi euge tae erp aper a te e D d DE Rd Een 192 EISE e Regele UE LN RE 192 SENS FREQUENCY C
52. Speed Shared Control Channel 8 HS PDSCH HSDPA High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel 9 CHAN Channel without any pilot symbols QPSK modulated 10 CPRSD Dedicated Physical Channel in compressed mode 11 CPR TPC Dedicated Physical Channel in compressed mode TPC symbols are sent in the first slot of the gap 12 CPR SF 2 Dedicated Physical Channel in compressed mode using half spreading factor SF 2 13 CPR SF 2 TPC Dedicated Physical Channel in compressed mode using half spreading factor SF 2 TPC symbols are sent in the first slot of the gap 14 EHICH ERGCH HSUPA Enhanced HARQ Hybrid Acknowledgement Indicator Channel HSUPA Enhanced Relative Grant Channel 15 EAGCH E AGCH Enhanced Absolute Grant Channel 16 SCPICH Secondary Common Pilot Channel 8 8 2 TRACe DATA subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The TRACe DATA subsystem provides commands to query the trace results depending on the selected measurement mode Tone p DPA Destin orm M de Don RAMS a REM Ree 211 EENEG ett abends Won eebe d dai 211 TPR AT La estis geed adest cap rod 214 TRADI ERTAM echte ged n aec natas d zd 214 EE 215 EEN 216 SEENEN A E 216 TRAE E 217 TRACES EE 218 PRAISSER tege NEESS ig 218 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 210 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 TRACe lt n gt DATA lt MeasMode gt This command reads trace data out of the instrument Depending on the
53. Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window lt k gt irrelevant Example CALC LIM ESP REST Resets the limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask to the default setting CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum VALue lt Power gt This command activates the manual limit line selection and specifies the expected power as a value Depending on the entered value one of the predefined limit lines is selected Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt Power gt 33 28 0 33 P233 28 28 P 33 0 P 28 RST 0 Example CALC LIM ESP VAL 33 Activates manual selection of the limit line and selects the limit line for P 33 CALCulate MARKer subsystem GALGulate n MARKersim AOFF 2 iascandeces ese eee ENEE SENNENG EENS 158 CAL Culate nz M bkermz M Aximum LEET 158 CAL Culate nz M AbkercmzMANimumNENT esee enssna sensn sss s na sen nian 158 CAL Culate nzM Abkercm M AXimumf PDEAK nennen enn 159 CALCulate n MARKer m MAXimum RIGHEL eessssesisseesesese sese ss assent nnns s entr nian 159 CAL Culate lt p gt MARKer lt im gt MINIMUMILEF T 22d cde rotten anto ch dana scR inna nene de Rare Dach 159 CAL Culate nz M Abkermz MiNimumNENT enne nsns nans 160 CALOCulate n MARKer m MlNimum PEAK eee 160 CAL Culate nz M Abker mmz MiNimum RI 161 CALCulatesn MARKers m S TATe 2uuuecuai anaana aa aaa aa Pac DK n Ka 161
54. a softkey press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display help To close the help window press the ESC key For further infor mation refer to chapter 1 3 How to Use the Help System on page 8 5 1 Measurements and Result Diagrams The 3GPP Base Station Measurement option provides Code Domain Measurements and RF measurements 5 1 1 Code Domain Measurements The Code Domain Measurement option provides various test measurement types and result diagrams which are available via the Display Config softkey or the Display Con fig button in the Settings Overview dialog box The code domain power measurements are performed as specified by the 3GPP standards A signal section of approx 20 ms is recorded for analysis and then searched through to find the start of a 3GPP FDD BTS frame If a frame start is found in the signal the code domain power analysis is performed for a complete frame start ing from slot 0 The different result diagrams are calculated from the recorded IQ data set Therefore it is not necessary to start a new measurement in order to change the result diagram Common settings for these measurements are performed via the Set tings dialog box see Settings Overview on page 50 For details on the measurement modes see chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 5 1 2 Time Alignment Error Measurements Time Alignment Error Measurements are a special type of Code Domain Ana
55. bandwidth Manual operation See RBW VBW Sine 1 1 on page 106 See RBW VBW Pulse 1 on page 106 See RBW VBW Noise 10 on page 107 See RBW VBW Manual on page 107 See Span RBW Auto 100 on page 107 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo TYPE Mode This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path Changing the video filter position is possible only if the resolution bandwidth is 100 kHz Parameters Mode LiNear The video filter is applied in front of the logarithmic amplifier In linear mode measurements with a logarithmic level scale result in flatter falling edges compared to logarithmic mode The reason is the conversion of linear power values into logarithmic level values if you halve the linear power the logarithmic level decreases by 3 dB LOGarithmic The video filter is applied after the logarithmic amplifier RST LINear Example BAND VID TYPE LIN Video filter ahead of the logarithmic amplifier 8 6 3 SENSe FREQuency subsystem SENSeJPREOuSD E Che EE 199 SENSe FREQuency CENTO STEP oenina taii ehh ko Lon Enea Rabe kr eR eR adani 199 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO cette tentent 199 SENSe FREDUsncy CENTer STEP LINK ee BERENS EN E 199 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor essere nnne nnns 200 SENSeJFREOUSDGV TEE 200 SENS amp JFREDUSnCy SPAN Reeg EENS 201 SENSe PREQUEDGE SPAN TE E 201 E ET Ee 201 SENSe J FRE QUINN STOP EE 201 Oper
56. can be queried with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt channel gt RELative Note that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no correct results are obtained Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant lt Channel gt 1 11 the alternate channel Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 151 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement CALC LIM ACP ALT2 STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel CALC LIM ACP ALT2 ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ALT2 RES Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels CALCulate lt
57. command defines the display range of the y axis with logarithmic scaling The command works only for a logarithmic scaling You can select the scaling with DISPlay WINDowcn TRACe t Y SPACing on page 181 Suffix n window For applications that do not have more than 1 measure ment window the suffix n is irrelevant t irrelevant Parameters Range Range 10 to 200 RST 100 Default unit dB Example DISP TRAC Y 110dB Manual operation See Range Log 100 dB on page 97 See Range Log 50 dB on page 97 See Range Log 10 dB on page 97 See Range Log 5 dB on page 97 See Range Log 1 dB on page 98 See Range Log Manual on page 98 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 178 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe MODE Mode This command selects the type of scaling of the y axis When SySTem DISPlay UPDate is turned off this command has no immediate effect on the screen Suffix n window For applications that do not have more than 1 measure ment window the suffix n is irrelevant lt t gt irrelevant Parameters lt Mode gt ABSolute absolute scaling of the y axis RELative relative scaling of the y axis RST ABS Example DISP TRAC Y MODE REL Manual operation See Grid Abs Rel on page 101 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe PDIVision Value This remote comma
58. dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dBm CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement CALC LIM ACP ACH REL STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative lt LowerLimit gt lt UpperLimit gt This command defines the relative limit of the upper lower adjacent channel for adja cent channel power measurements The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured channel power It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the absolute limit value defined with the CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute command This mechanism allows automatic check ing of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as defined in mobile radio standards Suffix n Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt LowerLimit gt O to 100dB the value for the lower limi
59. eade 146 CAlCulate cnz D I TamarkermzfGTATel nnne nenen rennen rsen r nnne n nnns GAEGUulatesn FEED no i iier rer EEG TER Oe erae p er cepere yea lesan vr eye ore E ERE TEXTOS CAL Culate cnzLlMitckzACbowerACHannelAbGolute nennen CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe i CALCulate n LIMit k ACPower ACHannel RESUIt sse eene CAL Culate cnzLlMitckzACbowerACHannelfREL atvel nennen CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe CAL Culate cnzLlMitckzACbowerAl Temate Channelz AbBGolute nenna 150 SS ieee Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 237 R amp S FSV K72 List of Commands CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt channel gt RELative CALOCulate n LIMit k2 ACPower ALTernate Channel RELative STATe sess 151 CAL Culate cnzLlMitzks AChbowert STATel senes 152 CAL Culate cnzLUlMitck EGbechum LU IMis eene nnne enne enne nnne nnns 153 CAlLCulate cnzLlMitzksE GbechumMODE enne nnne teaa anaE EEA EEEa ain 154 CALOCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class COUNtE nenna 155 CALOCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class LIMit S TATe eene 155 CALOCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class MAXimum essent CALOCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class MlNimum sese CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectr
60. following table shows all softkeys available in the Bandwidth menu It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is pro vided in the corresponding softkey description For Spurious Emission Measurements the settings are defined in the Sweep List dia log see the description in the base unit Res BW IIA EE 103 Res BW AIO EE 103 Video BW On ME 103 vided BW M i EE 104 ssim neces 104 iy ET E dccetencchccbadatewddnnadhecdcdsas saeuustbda ccdddssansaceccbbanedehesteaneats 105 SI cero EL 105 2 o MM 105 CN EE 105 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 102 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m T C J ne RF Measurements DE To EE 106 BS 348 1 50 WENN 106 bM hip IU MEE LI UL E 106 EC o NERONE 106 Coupling FRAUD E CE 106 L RBW VBW Sine DI 106 L RBW VBW Pulse EE 106 L RBW VBW Noise TO 107 L RBW VBW Manual 107 L Span RBW Auto Do 107 L Span RBW Manual 107 L Default Coupling RP di diana buiaustidaanipbaldatginidcwaaites 108 algo m 108 Res BW Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the resolution bandwidth The available resolution bandwidths are specified in the data sheet F
61. imbalance of signals in the selected slot in Pk CDE 30 ksps The Peak Code Domain Error measurement specifies a projection of the difference between the test signal and the ideal reference sig nal onto the selected spreading factor in the selected slot see chapter 6 1 2 7 Peak Code Domain Error on page 41 The spreading factor onto which projection is made is shown beneath the measurement result CPICH Power The power of the CPICH channel in the selected slot Avg RCDE 64 QAM Average Relative Code Domain Error over all channels detected with 64 QAM in the selected frame RHO Quality parameter RHO for each slot Table 6 3 Channel Results Symbol Rate Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted Channel Code Number of the spreading code of the selected channel No of Pilot Bits Number of pilot bits of the selected channel Chan Power Rel Channel power relative referenced to CPICH or total signal power Chan Power Abs Channel power absolute Modulation Type Modulation type of an HSDPA channel High speed physical data channels can be modulated with QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM modu lation Timing Offset Offset between the start of the first slot in the channel and the start of the analyzed 3GPP FDD BTS frame Channel Slot No The channel slot number is obtained by combining the value of the selected CPICH and the channel s timing offset Symbol EVM Peak or average
62. in decimal format Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 186 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Manual operation See Scrambling Code on page 57 See Format Hex Dec on page 57 SENSe CDPower L CODe SEARch IMMediate This command automatically searches for the scrambling codes that lead to the high est signal power The code with the highest power is stored as the new scrambling code for further measurements Searching requires that the correct center frequency and level are set The scrambling code search can automatically determine the primary scrambling code number The secondary scrambling code number is expected as 0 Alternative scrambling codes can not be detected Therefore the range for detection is 0x0000 Ox1FFO0h where the last digit is always 0 If the search is successful PASS a code was found and can be queried using SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch LIST Parameters lt Status gt PASSed Scrambling code s found FAlLed No scrambling code found Example SENS CDP LCOD SEAR Searches the scrambling code that leads to the highest signal power and returns the status of the search Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Autosearch on page 57 See Auto Scrambling Code on page 79 SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch LIST This command returns the automatic search sequence see SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch IMMediate on
63. index number of the evaluated chip N number of chips at each CPICH slot x phase calculation of a complex value Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP CHIP PHAS see CALCulatecn F T ED on page 129 N Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 47 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu X M P G Qn Code Domain Analyzer Measurements TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried a list of phase error values of all chips at the selected slot is returned The values are calculated as the phase difference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip in degrees and are normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected slot 6 1 2 18 Symbol Magnitude Error The Symbol Magnitude Error is calculated analogous to symbol EVM The result of calculation is one symbol magnitude error value for each symbol of the slot of a special channel Positive values of symbol magnitude error indicate a symbol magnitude that is larger than the expected ideal value negative symbol magnitude errors indicate a sym bol magnitude that is less than the ideal one The symbol magnitude error is the differ ence of the magnitude of the received symbol and that of the reference symbol related to
64. m SqQ sU G nr CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics CCDF STATe State This command switches on or off the measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution function CCDF On activating this function the APD measurement is switched off Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC STAT CCDF ON Switches on the CCDF measurement CALCulate lt n gt STATistics NSAMples lt NoMeasPoints gt This command sets the number of measurement points to be acquired for the statisti cal measurement functions Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt NoMeasPoints gt 100 to 1E9 RST 100000 Example CALC STAT NSAM 500 Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics PRESet This command resets the scaling of the X and Y axes in a statistical measurement The following values are set x axis ref level 20 dBm x axis range APD 100 dB x axis range CCDF 20 dB y axis upper limit 1 0 y axis lower limit 1E 6 Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Example CALC STAT PRES Resets the scaling for statistical functions Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 166 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics RESult lt Trace gt lt ResultType gt This command reads out the results of statistical meas
65. minimum value to the right of the current value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe State This command turns markers on and off If the corresponding marker number is currently active as a deltamarker it is turned into a normal marker Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt depends on mode Selects the marker Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC MARK3 ON Switches on marker 3 or switches to marker mode Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 See Marker Norm Delta on page 76 See Select 1 2 3 4 A on page 76 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt TRACe Trace This command selects the trace a marker is positioned on Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 161 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The corresponding trace must have a trace mode other than Blank If necessary the corresponding marker is switched on prior to the assignment Suffix n Selects the measurement window m depends on mode Selects the marker Parameters Trace 1 6 Trace number the marker is positioned on Example CALC MARK3 TRAC 2 Assigns marker 3 to trace 2 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X lt Position gt This command positions a marker on a particular coordinate on the x axis If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker it is swi
66. mode the local oscillator is set to provide the spectrum quasi analog from the start to the stop frequency Remote command SWE TYPE SWE see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 FFT Sweep Type Sets the Sweep Type to FFT mode The FFT sweep mode samples on a defined frequency value and transforms it to the spectrum by fast Fourier transformation FFT FFT is not available when using 5 Pole filters Channel filters or RRC filters In this case sweep mode is used Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 105 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m RE M 5ew Ps RF Measurements Note The same applies when a tracking generator internal or external options R amp S FSV B9 B10 is active Remote command SWE TYPE FFT see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 Auto Sweep Type Automatically sets the fastest available Sweep Type for the current measurement Auto mode is set by default Remote command SWE TYPE AUTO see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type Defines the filter mode to be used for FFT filters by defining the partial span size The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis Auto FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type The firmware determines whether to use wide or narrow filters t
67. n selects the screen Parameters Value 1E 9 to 0 1 RST 1E 6 Example CALC STAT SCAL Y LOW 0 001 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics SCALe Y UNIT lt Unit gt This command defines the scaling type of the y axis Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 168 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Suffix n selects the screen Parameters Unit PCT ABS RST ABS Example CALC STAT SCAL Y UNIT PCT Sets the percentage scale CALCulate n STATistics SCALe Y UPPer Value This command defines the upper limit for the y axis of the diagram in statistical meas urements Since probabilities are specified on the y axis the entered numeric values are dimensionless Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Value 1E 8 to 1 0 RST 1 0 Example CALC STAT SCAL Y UPP 0 01 8 2 4 7 Other Referenced CALCulate Commands CALC ulate sm gt sU NT POWO cca sccicdecece ade deneveaaddecelechuaivuesets seteene A a EE EA 169 CALCulate lt n gt UNIT POWer lt Unit gt This command selects the unit of the y axis The unit applies to all measurement windows Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt Unit gt DBM V A W DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere RST dBm Example CALC UNIT POW DBM Sets the power unit to dBm Manual operation See Unit on page 98 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 169 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CONFigure WCDP
68. page 145 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt Y on page 146 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 75 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m OX J n s Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Marker Norm Delta Changes the active marker to a normal norm or delta marker with respect to marker 1 Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe on page 161 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe on page 144 Marker Zoom Activates or deactivates the zoom for the current active marker With the zoom func tion more details of the measurement signal can be seen This softkey can only be selected if at least one of the markers is activated Remote command CALCulate n MARKer m FUNCtion ZOOM on page 137 All Marker Off Switches all markers off It also switches off all functions and displays that are associ ated with the markers delta markers Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF on page 158 6 1 10 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR gt key R amp S FSV K72 The MKR gt key opens a submenu for marker functions The menu is not available for all result displays Some softkey functions are not available in CDP mode Refer to the description of the Marker To menu in the base unit for inform
69. page 199 x RBW span gt 0 CF Stepsize Opens an edit dialog box to set the step size for the center frequency as a percentage 96 of the resolution bandwidth Values between 1 and 100 in steps of 1 96 are allowed The default setting is 10 96 Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK RBW see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 20PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 93 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm mm PGa WZ RF Measurements zCenter CF Stepsize Sets the step size to the value of the center frequency and removes the coupling of the step size to span or resolution bandwidth This function is especially useful for measurements of the signal harmonics In this case each stroke of the arrow key selects the center frequency of another harmonic Marker CF Stepsize Sets the step size to the value of the current marker and removes the coupling of the step size to span or resolution bandwidth This function is especially useful for measurements of the signal harmonics In this case each stroke of the arrow key selects the center frequency of another harmonic Manual CF Stepsize Open
70. pet exe m E 101 Ref Level POSIUOR steen oreet e xe te e reget e Eaa dE 101 Grid ABS RG M 101 Noise ln TEE 101 mer CANS C X 102 yet e I 102 Ref Level Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the current unit dBm dBuV etc The reference level is the maximum value the AD converter can handle without distor tion of the measured value Signal levels above this value will not be measured cor rectly which is indicated by the IFOVL status display Remote command DISPlay WINDowcn TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel on page 179 Range Opens a submenu to define the display range of the level axis This softkey and its submenu are available for RF measurements Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 96 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm J P C H J Yom RF Measurements Range Log 100 dB Range Sets the level display range to 100 dB Remote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISP WIND TRAC Y 100DB see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Range Log 50 dB Range Sets the level display range to 50 dB Remote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRAC
71. preamplifier on and off If option R amp S FSV B22 is installed the preamplifier is only active below 7 GHz If option R amp S FSV B24 is installed the preamplifier is active for all frequencies This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut GAIN STATe on page 228 Adjust Ref Lvl Frontend Settings Defines the optimal reference level for the current measurement automatically Remote command SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 IQ Capture Settings Opens the IQ Capture Settings dialog box x Common Settings Invert Q C On Off RRC Filter On C Off Data Capture Settings Frame To Analyze O Capture Length 1 Trigger Settings Trigger Source External 6 Free Run Trigger Polarity 6 Positive Negative Trigger Offset 0 0s Invert Q IQ Capture Settings Inverts the sign of the signal s Q component The default setting is OFF Remote command SENSe CDPower QINVert on page 190 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 53 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m d u L per Code Domain Analyzer Measurements RRC Filter IQ Capture Settings Selects if a root raised cosine RRC receiver filter is used or not This feature is useful if t
72. reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the analyzer to the reference output REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 117 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 mA m e J J Ur Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU See chapter 7 3 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask on page 116 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV See chapter 7 3 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask on page 116 In addition SETUP REFERENCE EXT 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The displayed frequency error should be 10 Hz Note o The reference frequencies of the analyzer and of the DUT should be synchronized Setting Behaviour with Deviating Center Frequency Setting In the following the behaviour of the DUT and the analyzer with an incorrect center fre quency setting is shown 1 Test setup Tune the center frequency of the signal generator in 0 5 kHz steps and watch the analyzer screen 2 Measurement on the R amp S FSV a A CDP measurement on the analyzer is still possible with a frequency error of up to approx 1 kHz Up to 1 kHz a frequency error causes no apparent differ ence in the accuracy of the code domain power measure
73. relative limit values for adjacent channels CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt Channel gt ABSolute lt LowerLimit gt lt UpperLimit gt This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower upper alternate adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power Note that the absolute limit value for the limit check has no effect as soon as it is below the relative limit value defined with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values defined in mobile radio standards for the power in adjacent channels Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant lt Channel gt 1 11 the alternate channel Parameters lt LowerLimit gt first value 200DBM to 200DBM limit for the lower and the lt UpperLimit gt upper alternate adjacent channel RST 200DBM Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 150 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CA
74. selected detector within a measurement point is displayed as the power value at this measurement point All detectors work in parallel in the background which means that the measurement speed is independent of the detector combination used for different traces Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 20 R amp S FSV K72 d 5 2 4 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements Further Information Number of measured values During a frequency sweep the R amp S FSV increments the first local oscillator in steps that are smaller than approximately 1 10 of the bandwidth This ensures that the oscil lator step speed is conform to the hardware settling times and does not affect the pre cision of the measured power The number of measured values taken during a sweep is independent of the number of oscillator steps It is always selected as a multiple or a fraction of 691 default num ber of trace points displayed on the screen Choosing less then 691 measured values e g 125 or 251 will lead to an interpolated measurement curve choosing more than 691 points e g 1001 2001 will result in several measured values being overlaid at the same frequency position RMS detector and VBW If the RMS detector is selected the video bandwidth in the hardware is bypassed Thus duplicate trace averaging with small VBWs and RMS detector no longer occurs However the VBW is still considered when calculating the sweep time
75. selected mea surement mode the results vary For a detailed description of the results see the indi vidual commands e TRACe lt n gt DATA ABITstream lt 1 4 gt e TRACe lt n gt DATA ATRACE 1 4 e TRACe lt n gt DATA CTABLe e TRACe lt n gt DATA CWCDp e TRACe lt n gt DATA FINAL1 e TRACe lt n gt DATA LIST e TRACe lt n gt DATA PWCDp e TRACe lt n gt DATA TPVSlot e TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE lt t gt Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Query parameters lt MeasMode gt ATRACE1 AWCDMATRACE2 ATRACE3 ATRACE4 FINAL1 TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 TRACE4 ABITstream1 ABITstream2 ABITstream3 ABITstream4 PWCDp CWCDp CTABLe TPVSlot LIST The data type defines which type of trace data is read Example TRAC DATA ATRACE3 Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA lt ABitstreamNo gt This command returns the bit streams of all 15 slots one after the other The output format may be REAL UINT or ASCII The number of bits of a 16QAM modulated chan nel is twice that of a QPSK modulated channel the number of bits of a 64QAM modu lated channel is three times that of a QPSK modulated channel This query is only available if the result diagram for the corresponding screen is set to Bitstream e g using the CALC FEED XTIM CDP BSTReam command see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 211 R amp
76. setting Therefore the correction function is disabled when ever one of these parameters is changed A corresponding message is displayed on the screen Noise correction must be turned on again manually after the change Parameters Mode ON Performs noise correction OFF Performs no noise correction AUTO Performs noise correction After a parameter change noise correction is restarted automati cally and a new correction measurement is performed RST OFF Example POW NCOR ON Manual operation See Noise Correction on page 101 SENSe POWer TRACe lt TraceNumber gt This command assigns the channel adjacent channel power measurement to the indi cated trace The corresponding trace must be active i e its state must be different from blank Note The measurement of the occupied bandwidth OBW is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned To evaluate another trace marker 1 must be posi tioned to another trace with CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt TRACe Parameters lt TraceNumber gt 1to6 Example POW TRAC 2 Assigns the measurement to trace 2 SENSe SWEep subsystem SENSe SWEep COUNL certet tent tenentes ttt tet tette te to stt Dot 205 SENSe SWEep EGATRPOLaAry TEE 205 SENS amp T SWEep iPOINIS iere emu tme tu a re erba o epe e aka lees 205 SENSe SWEep TIME retta ttt titt tenti tette tet de at da tat d tata d 205 SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO ecc
77. specified by the 3GPP standard are available 6 1 2 1 Code Domain Power 33 6 1 22 Channel RE 34 6 1 2 3 Code Domain Error Power 37 6 1 2 4 Power Vs SIOL iie desee tec iiaia aiaei iiaia Eegen 37 6 1 2 5 Result Gummam eene nnne nenne enne anana aaia nenne nennen 38 6 1 2 6 Composite EVM RMG 40 6 1 2 7 Peak Code Domain Error esses eene enne nen nnne nnns 41 6 1 2 8 Composite Consiellaton eene em eren nnne 41 6 1 2 9 Power vs Symbol 41 6 1 2 10 Symbol Constellaton enm eem nennen nennen 42 6 1 2 11 Symbol EVM cil dette Reed lees hc HERE R3 Bee ed deed eech 43 6 1 2 12 Bitstrediti is ausis ende tne et sepu us seguono ENEE 43 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 32 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 2 13 6 1 2 14 6 1 2 15 6 1 2 16 6 1 2 17 6 1 2 18 6 1 2 19 6 1 2 1 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Frequency Error vs Slob nennen enne nre nnns 45 Phase Discontinuity vs Glot nennen eee eene 45 SO KEE IET 46 Mag Error vs Chip 46 Phase Error vs Chlp iicet eere tto neci ER ku Ex gro EAD AR RELAY RR XR EY En da 47 Symbol Magnitude Error 48 Symbol Phase 48 Code Domain Power Start Ch 0 Stop Ch 511 Fig 6 1 Code Domain Power Display for R amp S FSV K72 The Code Domain Power display mode shows the power of the different code chan nels in the the adjusted slot Due to the circumstance that the power is regulated from slot t
78. t gt Y SPACing lt ScalingType gt This command selects the scaling of the y axis Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt t gt irrelevant Parameters lt ScalingType gt LOGarithmic Logarithmic scaling LiNear Linear scaling in LDB Linear scaling in dB RST LOGarithmic Example DISP TRAC Y SPAC LIN Select a linear scale Manual operation See Range Log 100 dB on page 97 See Range Log 50 dB on page 97 See Range Log 10 dB on page 97 See Range Log 5 dB on page 97 See Range Log 1 dB on page 98 See Range Log Manual on page 98 See Range Linear on page 98 See Range Lin Unit on page 98 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 181 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands INSTrument subsystem 8 5 INSTrument subsystem The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed numbers INS Trument SEleet is ii ioc eene reo tee tinere t ea Dre qe E EUR Dese Tea Lea e e edie iad 182 lo GEET 182 INSTrument SELect Mode This command switches between the measurement modes by means of text parame ters Parameters Mode BWCD 3G FDD BTS Mode R amp S FSV K72 option INSTrument NSELect Mode This command switches between the measurement modes by means of numbers Parameters Mode 8 3G FDD BTS Mode R amp S FSV K72 option 8 6 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of th
79. the magnitude of the reference symbol Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP SYMB EVM MAGN see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the magnitude error in of each symbol at the selected slot is transferred The number of the symbols depends on the spread ing factor of the selected channel NOFSymbols 10 2 9 CodeClass 6 1 2 19 Symbol Phase Error The Symbol Phase Error is calculated analogous to symbol EVM The result of calcu lation is one symbol phase error value for each symbol of the slot of a special channel Positive values of symbol phase error indicate a symbol phase that is larger than the expected ideal value negative symbol phase errors indicate a symbol phase that is less than the ideal one Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP SYMB EVM PHAS see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the phase error in degrees of each sym bol at the selected slot is transferred The number of the symbols depends on the spreading factor of the selected channel Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 48 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements NOFSymbols 1 Q 2 8 CodeClas
80. upper limit of the last power class can not be set If more than one power class is in use the upper limit must equal the lower limit of the next power class Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant lt Class gt 1 4 the power class to be evaluated Parameters lt Level gt lt numeric value gt RST 200 Example CALC LIM ESP PCL1 MAX 40 dBm Sets the maximum power value of the first power class to 40 dBm CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt MINimum lt Level gt This command sets the minimum lower level limit for one power class The unit is dBm The limit always start at 200 dBm i e the first lower limit can not be set If more than one power class is in use the lower limit must equal the upper limit of the previous power class Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant lt Class gt 1 4 the power class to be evaluated Parameters lt Level gt lt numeric_value gt RST 200 for class1 otherwise 200 Example CALC LIM ESP PCL2 MIN 40 dBm Sets the minimum power value of the second power class to 40 dBm CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum RESTore This command restores the predefined limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the fac tory set values are restored Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 156 8 2 4 4 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72
81. 0 Query of results CALCulate n MARKer m FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 132 6 3 5 CCDF The CCDF softkey starts a measurement of the distribution function of the signal ampli tudes complementary cumulative distribution function The CCDF and the Crest fac tor are displayed For the purposes of this measurement a signal section of user defin able length is recorded continuously in the zero span and the distribution of the signal amplitudes is evaluated The following user specific settings are not modified on the first access following pre setting e Reference Level Reference Level Offset e Center Frequency Frequency Offset e Input Attenuation Mixer Level e Alltrigger settings Pressing the CCDF softkey activates the analyzer mode with defined settings CCDF TRACE1 DETECTOR SAMPLE BW RES BW MANUAL 10 MHz VIDEO BW MANUAL 5 MHz To restore adapted measurement parameters the following level parameters are saved on exiting and are set again on re entering this measurement e Level parameters e RBW e NO OF SAMPLES For further details about the CCDF measurements refer to Defining Gated Triggering for APD and CCDF of the base unit Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 88 RF Measurements CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 or CALCulate lt n gt STATistics CCDF STATe on page 166 Query of results CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 163
82. 0 DPCH SF 128 3 2x10 2x 10 1x 24 72 120 1 7 2 1x50 3 Table 4 3 Test model 3 Channel type Number of Power Level dB Spreading Timing offset channels 16 32 16 32 code x256Tchip PCCPCH SCH 1 12 6 7 9 9 11 1 0 Primary CPICH 1 12 6 7 9 9 11 0 0 PICH 1 5 1 6 13 18 16 120 SCCPCH 1 5 1 6 13 18 3 0 SF 256 DPCH SF 256 16 32 63 7 80 4 see TS see TS 25 141 see TS 25 141 total 25 141 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 13 R amp S FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS Test Models Hn an a Table 4 4 Test model 4 Channel type Number of chan Power Level dB Spreading code Timing offset nels 96 16 32 x256Tchip 16 32 PCCPCH SCH 1 50 to 1 6 3 to 18 1 0 Primary CPICH 1 10 10 0 0 Table 4 5 Test model 5 Channel type Number of Power Level Spreading Timing offset channels dB code x256Tchip PCCPCH SCH 1 7 9 11 1 0 Primary CPICH 1 7 9 11 0 0 PICH 1 1 3 19 16 120 SCCPCH SF 256 1 1 3 19 3 0 DPCH SF 256 30 14 6 14 14 2 14 4 total see TS see TS see TS 25 141 25 141 25 141 HS SCCH 2 4 total see TS see TS see TS 25 141 25 141 25 141 HS PDSCH 8 4 2 63 6 63 4 63 2 total see TS see TS see TS 25 141 16QAM 25 141 25 141
83. 1 1 6 1 1 1 6 1 2 6 1 2 1 6 1 2 2 6 1 2 3 6 1 2 4 6 1 2 5 6 1 2 6 6 1 2 7 6 1 2 8 6 1 2 9 6 1 2 10 6 1 2 11 6 1 2 12 6 1 2 13 6 1 2 14 6 1 2 15 6 1 2 16 6 1 2 17 6 1 2 18 6 1 2 19 6 1 3 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements The Code Domain Analyzer softkey activates the code domain analyzer measure ment mode and opens the submenu for setting the measurement For a brief introduction to the display concept of the code domain analyzer measure ments refer to chapter 6 1 1 Display Concept on page 29 In chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 the available measurement modes for code domain analysis and their results are descri bed Refer to chapter 6 1 3 Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer R amp S FSV K72 on page 49 for an introduction to the code domain analyzer settings as well as the Softkeys and menus for code domain analyzer measurements RI ee ee EE 29 Defining the display CONfFIQUIATION emn 31 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer 32 Code Domain POWGE enda enema decora acea d cun ENEE Age EE 33 ENEE Le EE 34 Code Domain Error Ower ex deeg recente eth A nena aa ee ede ae e tudo Eun 37 Power vs 9Slot 5 cipit d e aet dfe i dette quta cea deca EE 37 Xe IU ESIU DERE 38 Composite EVM RMS EE 40 Peak Code Domain EFTOr iieri tree bI etre esto Een edie 41 Composite Co
84. 2 02 103 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements RF Measurements The manual input mode of the video bandwidth is indicated by a green bullet next to the VBW display in the channel bar Note RMS detector and VBW If an RMS detector is used the video bandwidth in the hardware is bypassed Thus duplicate trace averaging with small VBWs and RMS detector no longer occurs How ever the VBW is still considered when calculating the sweep time This leads to a lon ger sweep time for small VBW values Thus you can reduce the VBW value to achieve more stable trace curves even when using an RMS detector Normally if the RMS detector is used the sweep time should be increased to get more stable trace curves For details on detectors see chapter 5 2 3 Detector Overview on page 20 This softkey is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Spectrum Emission Mask and the Occupied Bandwidth Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO on page 197 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo on page 197 Video BW Auto Couples the video bandwidth to the resolution bandwidth If you change the resolution bandwidth the video bandwidth is automatically adjusted This setting is recommended if a minimum sweep time is required for a selected reso lution bandwidth Narrow video bandwidths result in longer sweep times due to the lon ger settling time Wide bandwidths reduce the signal noise ratio This sof
85. 2 Usage Query only Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 CALCulate LIMit subsystem CALCulate n LIMit k ACPower ACHannel ABSolute eese nennen 146 CALOCulate n LIMit k ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe sse 147 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel REI ativel eee eeeeeaeeeeeneneteneneees 148 CAL Culate nzLlMitcks AChbowerACHannel RE Gut 148 CALOCulate n LIMit k ACPower ACHannel REI ativelSTATe esses 149 CALOCulate n LIMit k ACPower ALTernate Channel ABSolute sss 150 CAL Culate nzLlMitcks AChbower Al Temate chanmnezfREL ativel nenne 151 CALOulate n LIMit k ACPower ALTernate Channel RELative STATe 151 CAL Culate nzLlMitcks ACbowert GTATel A 152 e Be 152 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute lt LowerLimit gt lt UpperLimit gt This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower upper adjacent channel during adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 146 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Note that the absolute limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the relative limit value defined with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of
86. 2 channels e Screen B Peak code domain error projection of error onto the class with spread ing factor 256 7 8 Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time The trigger to frame TTF time measurement yields the time between an external trig ger event and the start of the 3GPP WCDMA frame The result is displayed in the result summary The trigger event is expected in a time range of one slot 667 us before the frame start The resolution and absolute accuracy depend on the analyzer type and the measurement mode Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 122 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 El Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time Resolution of the TTF time measurement The resolution of the TTF time depends on the analyzer type that is used and the applied trace statistic mode By using an average mode the resolution can be increased The higher the number of sweeps is the higher is the resolution at the expense of measurement time In the average mode the TTF time is averaged for a number of sweeps TRACE SWEEP COUNT If the TTF time of the applied signal does not change during for this number of sweeps the trigger resolution can be improved Absolute accuracy of theTTF time measurement The absolute accuracy of the TTF time measurement depends on the level of the trig ger pulse The analyzer is calibrated to display the minimum deviation at a trigger pulse level of 4 V
87. 5 Sweep Count Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of sweeps to be performed in the single sweep mode Values from 0 to 32767 are allowed If the values O or 1 are set one sweep is performed The sweep count is applied to all the traces in a diagram If the trace configurations Average Max Hold or Min Hold are set the sweep count value also determines the number of averaging or maximum search procedures In continuous sweep mode if sweep count 0 default averaging is performed over 10 sweeps For sweep count 1 no averaging maxhold or minhold operations are per formed Remote command SENSe SWEep COUNt on page 205 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 111 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm J J n P Z I 9 Ya RF Measurements Sweep Points Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of measured values to be collected dur ing one sweep e Entry via rotary knob Inthe range from 101 to 1001 the sweep points are increased or decreased in steps of 100 points Inthe range from 1001 to 32001 the sweep points are increased or decreased in steps of 1000 points e Entry via keypad All values in the defined range can be set The default value is 691 sweep points Remote command SENSe SWEep POINts on page 205
88. 9002Kxx Models 2 Enter the first characters of the topic you are interested in The entries starting with these characters are displayed 3 Change the focus by pressing the ENTER key 4 Select the suitable keyword by using the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys or the rotary knob 5 Press the ENTER key to display the help topic The View tab with the corresponding help topic is displayed Changing the zoom 1 Change to the Zoom tab 2 Setthe zoom using the rotary knob Four settings are available 1 4 The smallest size is selected by number 1 the largest size is selected by number 4 Closing the help window gt Press the ESC key or a function key on the front panel 1 4 Notes for Users of R amp S FSV 1307 9002Kxx Models Users of R amp S FSV 1307 9002Kxx models should consider the following differences to the description of the newer R amp S FSV 1321 3008Kxx models e Functions that are based on the Windows operating system e g printing or set ting up networks may have a slightly different appearance or require different set tings on the Windows XP based models For such functions refer to the Windows documentation or the documentation originally provided with the R amp S FSV instru ment e The R amp S FSV 1307 9002K03 model is restricted to a maximum frequency of 3 GHz whereas the 1321 3008K04 model has a maximum frequency of 4 GHz e The bandwidth extension option R amp S FSV B160 1311 2015 xx is not availabl
89. C LIM ESP LIM 50 50 70 Defines the following power classes lt 200 50 lt 50 50 gt lt 50 70 gt 70 200 Query CALC LIM ESP LIM Response 200 50 50 70 200 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum MODE Mode This command activates or deactivates the automatic selection of the limit line in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement Suffix n 1 4 window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt Mode gt AUTO MANUAL AUTO The limit line depends on the measured channel power MANUAL One of the three specified limit lines is set The selection is made with the chapter 8 2 4 3 CALCulate LIMit ESPectrum subsystem on page 153 command RST AUTO Example CALC LIM ESP MODE AUTO Activates automatic selection of the limit line CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt EXCLusive lt State gt This command sets the power classes used in the spectrum emission mask measure ment It is only possible to use power classes for which limits are defined Also either only one power class at a time or all power classes together can be selected Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant lt Class gt 1 4 the power class to be evaluated Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 154 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC LIM ESP PCL1 ON Activates the first de
90. CAL Gulate sn MARKersmes TRACO EE 161 GAL Culatesn MARKES MA EEN 162 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CAL Culate nzM AbkercmX SL lMitslGTaATel eene 162 CALCulate n MARKer m X SLIMits ZOOM eene nennen nnn 163 e E ET dL 163 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF This command all markers off including delta markers and marker measurement func tions Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt depends on mode irrelevant Example CALC MARK AOFF Switches off all markers Usage Event Manual operation See All Marker Off on page 76 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum LEFT This command positions a marker to the next smaller trace maximum on the left of the current position i e in descending X values If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent val ues lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MAN LEFT Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value to the left of the current value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT This command positions the marker to the next smaller trace maximum If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent
91. CCDF measurements Remote command SWE TIME AUTO OFF see SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page 206 SENSe SWEep TIME on page 205 Sweeptime Auto Couples the sweep time to the span video bandwidth VBW and resolution bandwidth RBW not available for zero span If you change the span resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth the sweep time is automatically adjusted The R amp S FSV always selects the shortest sweep time that is possible without falsifying the signal The maximum level error is 0 1 dB compared to using a longer sweep time This softkey is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Spectrum Emission Mask and the Occupied Bandwidth Remote command SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page 206 Sweep Type Opens a submenu to define the sweep type This softkey is available for measuring the Signal Power the Adjacent Channel Power and the Occupied Bandwidth This function is not available in IQ Analyzer mode or for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 In frequency sweep mode the analyzer provides several possible methods of sweep ing e Sweep on page 105 FFT on page 105 not available with 5 Pole filters channel filters or RRC filters see chapter 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 e Auto on page 106 Sweep Sweep Type Sets the Sweep Type to standard analog frequency sweep In the standard sweep
92. D Sweep CONTINUOUS Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 114 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 mA T m Measurement 1 Measurement of the Signal Channel Power Parameter Setting CDP mode CODE CHAN AUTOSEARCH Trigger settings FREE RUN Trigger offset 0 Scrambling code 0 Threshold value 60 dB Symbol rate 15 ksps Code number 0 Slot number 0 Display Screen A CODE DOMAIN POWER Screen B RESULT SUMMARY 7 2 Measurement 1 Measurement of the Signal Channel Power The R amp S FSV measures the unweighted RF signal power in a bandwidth of Jaw 5MBHz 2 14a 3 84 MHz 2022 The power is measured in the zero span mode time domain measurement using a digital channel filter of 5 MHz in bandwidth according to the 3GPP standard 1 Test setup Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the RF input of the R amp S FSV coaxial cable with N connectors 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz Baseband 3GPP FDD BTS Test Setup Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTER 2 1175 GHz AMPT 0 dBm MODE 3G FDD BTS MEAS POWER Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 115 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV
93. DD BTS Measure The R amp S FSV K72 option appears in the Select Mode menu MODE key as 3GPP FDD BTS This softkey can be used to start the R amp S FSV K72 options The most important parameters for the 3GPP FDD BTS base station tests are sum marized in the root menu of the R amp S FSV K72 option and explained below using the softkey functions The root menu is available by pressing the 3G FDD BTS softkey in the Select Mode menu the MEAS key or the HOME key The Code Domain Analyzer softkey activates the code domain analyzer measure ment mode and opens the submenus for setting the measurement The Power Ch Power ACLR Spectrum Emission Mask Occupied Bandwidth CCDF and RF Combi softkeys activate base station tests in the analyzer mode Pressing the associated softkey defines the settings required by 3GPP specifications A subsequent modification of settings is possible The Time Alignment softkey activates the time alignment error measurement mode and opens the submenus for setting the measurement It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a soft key is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this informa tion is delivered in the corresponding softkey description chapter 6 1 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements on page 28 Activates the code domain measurement mode and opens another submenu for selecting and configuring the parameters
94. DP SYMB CONS see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the real and the imaginary components are transferred Rep lt Imo gt chez lt Im4 gt lt Re gt Im The number of level values depends on the spreading factor Spreading factor Number of level values 256 10 128 20 64 40 32 80 16 160 8 320 4 640 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 42 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu m S GP ee a Code Domain Analyzer Measurements 6 1 2 11 Symbol EVM The Symbol EVM display mode shows the error between the measured signal and the ideal reference signal in percent for the selected channel and the selected slot A trace over all symbols of a slot is drawn The number of symbols is in the range from 12 min to 384 max It depends on the symbol rate of the channel Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP SYMB EVM see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the real and the imaginary components are transferred Rep lt IMp gt chez lt Im4 gt lt Re gt Im The number of l
95. Derror CDPabsolute CDPRelative CERRor CHANnel CSLot EVMPeak EVMRms FERRor IOFFset IQlMbalance IQOFfset MACCuracy MPIC MTYPe PCDerror PSYMbol PTOTal QOFFset RCDerror RHO SRATe TFRame TOFFset ACHannels Number of active channels ARCDerror relative code domain error averaged over all channels with mod ulation type 64QAM CDPabsolute channel power absolute CDPRelative channel power relative CERRor chip rate error CHANnel channel number CSLot channel slot number EVMPeak error vector magnitude peak EVMRms error vector magnitude RMS FERRor frequency error in Hz IOFFset imaginary part of the I Q offset IQIMbalance UO imbalance IQOFfset 1 Q offset MACCuracy composite EVM MPIC average power of inactive channels MTYPe modulation type 2 QPSK 4 16 QAM 5 64 QAM 15 NONE PCDerror Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 136 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands ECHELLE X H H qe CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 peak code domain error PSYMbol number of pilot bits PTOTal total power QOFFset real part of the 1 Q offset RCDerror relative code domain error RHO rho value for every slot SRATe symbol rate TFRame trigger to frame TOFFset timing offset The parameter specifies the required e
96. Doff Value This command sets the holding time before the next BB power trigger event for digital input via the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Value RST 150 ns Example TRIG SOUR BBP Sets the baseband power trigger source TRIG BBP HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns Mode all TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff Value This command sets the holding time before the next IF power trigger event Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Value RST 150 ns Example TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis Value This command sets the limit that the hysteresis value for the IF power trigger has to fall below in order to trigger the next measurement Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Value RST 3 dB Example TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HYST 10DB Sets the hysteresis limit value TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence HOLDoff TIME Delay This command defines the length of the trigger delay A negative delay time pretrigger can be set in zero span only Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 231 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands Ss J e smi Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Delay Ran
97. E WAI Adapts the level setting for statistical measurements Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 167 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt STATistics SCALe X RANGe lt Value gt This command defines the level range for the x axis of the measurement diagram The setting is identical to the level range setting defined with the DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe command Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt 10dB to 200dB RST 100dB Example CALC STAT SCAL X RANG 20dB CALCulate lt n gt STATistics SCALe X RLEVel lt Value gt This command defines the reference level for the x axis of the measurement diagram The setting is identical to the reference level setting using the DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt SCALe RLEVel command With the reference level offset lt gt 0 the indicated value range of the reference level is modified by the offset The unit depends on the setting performed with CALCulate lt n gt UNIT POWer Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt 120dBm to 20dBm RST 20dBm Example CALC STAT SCAL X RLEV 60dBm CALCulate n STATistics SCALe Y LOWer Value This command defines the lower limit for the y axis of the diagram in statistical meas urements Since probabilities are specified on the y axis the entered numeric values are dimensionless Suffix
98. E E M 38 H HS DPA UPA I E n 58 HS PDSGCEL wes iiciridaeie ties i a eel d ien 35 HS SSGH M sede 35 Hysteresis Lower Auto level c ccescceeeceeeeeeneeeeenaeeeteeeeeeeee 80 Upper Auto level seeseeeeseeeenneee 79 l IEC IEEE bus Command description ssssssssssssss 126 Impedance ow ee 102 Inactive Channel Threshold sssssss 235 KIZ ences get 58 Inherent noise Lee 101 Input sample rate Digital IQ internet rrr noter Input Output menu nudo E M IQ capture ul E 53 IQ Capture Settings EE 184 K key Auto Scrambling Code AUTOSEM m FREQ ccna INPUT OUTPUT Key L level OX P display range de EE Level Ee Level Unit Digital UO Interface remote control BIG Ce Lower Level Hysteresis Snc MED Lower case commands marker peak qu 77 Max Hold trace mode 1 21 74 raaximutim Search user entere eri eva 77 menu FREQUENCY ege EE Regen ei ee RE duced EN Amliplit de emnt te lies 96 Bandwidth i re tier ede reme 102 MIMO K72 remote control ssessseseesss 188 Min Hold trace mode mee 22 74 MiM SEARCH REN 78 N Negative Peak detector cccccccc
99. E lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 5 values are transmitted for each chan nel e the class e the channel number e the absolute level e the relative level e the timing offset The channels are sorted by code class i e the unassigned channels are transmitted last Units Absolute level dBm Relative level dB referenced to CPICH or total power Timing offset chips Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 36 R amp S FSV K72 Example Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements The following example shows the results of a query for three channels with the follow ing configuration Channel Spreading factor Channel number Timing offset 1st 512 7 0 2nd 4 1 256 chips 3rd 128 255 2560 chips This yields the following result 9 7 40 20 0 2 1 40 20 256 7 255 40 20 2560 The channel order is the same as in the CDP diagram i e it depends on their position in the code domain of spreading factor 512 6 1 2 3 Code Domain Error Power Code Domain Error Power is the difference in power between the measured and his ideal signal The unit is dB There are no other units for the y axis Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP ERR PCD see CALCulate lt n gt F EED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data f
100. ECTOR RMS BW RBW MANUAL 30 kHz BW SWEEP TIME MANUAL 100 ms OCC BW ACTIVE ON TRACE 1 SEM ACTIVE ON TRACE 2 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 90 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm T Uee s RF Measurements Using these settings the analyzer can perform many functions featured in Spectrum mode To restore adapted measurement parameters the following level parameters are saved on exiting and are set again on re entering this measurement e RBW VBW e Sweep time e SPAN e NO OF ADJ CHANNELS CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 6 3 7 Softkeys and Menus for RF Measurements K72 The following chapter describes the softkeys and menus available for RF measure ments in 3GPP FDD BTS base station tests All menus not described here are the same as for the base unit see the description there 6 3 7 1 Softkeys of the MEAS Men 91 6 3 7 2 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu 91 6 3 7 3 Softkeys of the Span Menu for RF Measurement ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaeeeeeeeaaes 94 6 3 7 4 Softkeys of the Amplitude Men 96 6 3 7 5 Softkeys of the Bandwidth Men 102 6 3 7 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Men 108 6 3 7 7 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for RF Measurements ren 112 6 3 7 1 Softkeys of the MEAS Menu The main measureme
101. ENT Eli E 199 OO ee ee Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 236 R amp S FSV K72 List of Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP IEN Ge IEREOuencv CENT er STEP AUTO 199 IEN Ge IEhREOuencvCENTerGTERBUINR AA 199 IGENGe EREOuencwv CENTer STEP UNK FACTor enne nnns nnne rnnt nenne 200 SENSe FREQuUeNnCY QF uci EGEE 200 SENSe FREQu uency SPAN niied dae ee ette tie teeters Andina phase eEEddEEE Uca ce esae ope Eege 201 SENSe FREQuency SPAN EULI iudei rand rcd ti bea atr dE EES 201 SENSe FREQuenoy S TAREL nei r tae Ee ciere ttr inea vec eterna dian EES ARENS 201 SENSe FREQ ency S TOP 4 herede en dite err pete Aiden carece iat dt ree e pede aad EE 201 SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs 202 SENSe POWeFAACHantneE MODE rre e e Rey EXTERNER E RNE KENT SER deeg SERE YSV dee 202 IGENSGe IPOMWer ACHannel PDRtzerbR EVel enne tnnt entente ennt 202 SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE sse nene rennen neret sen 203 SENSe POWer ACHannel SPACing AL Termate channelz nnns 203 SENSe POWer ACHannel TvCHannel COUN nennen enne ennt r en nrnn nennen nnn nnn sen nnns 203 SENSE el gsiseli um ETE 204 ET Te e e 204 EI EES ek ei eil TE 205 SENSe SWEep EGATe POLarity 205 ISENS SWEEP POINTS ids EEN 205 SENSE I siTe pa NEE 205 SENSe SWEep TIME AUT Q eoe chere herren ERE bn aaia Tn eee Eee Ep ese dne und e FEAR Teo canela dag 206 SENSe SWE
102. FSV K72 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power 7 4 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power A code domain power measurement on one of the test models model 1 with 32 chan nels is shown in the following To demonstrate the effects the basic parameters of the CDP measurements permitting an analysis of the signal are changed one after the other from values adapted to the measurement signal to non adapted values 1 Test setup 8 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the RF input of the R amp S FSV coaxial cable with N connectors b Connect the reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the ana lyzer to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz Baseband 3GPP FDD BS Test Setup Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTER 2 1175 GHz AMPT 10 dBm MODE 3G FDD BTS SETTINGS SCRAMBLING CODE 0 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Screen A Code domain power of signal test model 1 with 32 channels e Screen B Numeric results of CDP measurement Setting Synchronization of the Reference Frequencies Synchronization of the reference oscillators both of the DUT and the analyzer strongly reduces the measured frequency error 1 Test setup Connect the
103. For this reason the following rules are used to inidicate the SCCPCH e Only one QPSK modulated channel without pilot symbols is detected and dis played as the SCCPCH Any fur ther QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols are not detected as active channels e Ifthe signal contains more than one channel without pilot symbols the channel that is received in the highest code class and with the lowest code number is displayed as the SCCPCH It is expected that only one channel of this type is included in the received signal According to this assumption this channel is probably the SCCPCH If HS DPA UPA is set ON in the Channel Detection Settings Common Settings dialog box all QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols are detected If one of these channels is received at code class 8 and code number 3 it is displayed as the SCCPCH Any other QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols and a code class higher than or equal to 7 are marked with the channel type CHAN All fur ther QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols and a code class lower than 7 are marked with channel type HSPDSCH nac pecu cp LC r Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 34 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements PICH The Paging Indication Channel is expected at code class 8 and code number 16 The lower part of the table ind
104. GltCTAble CATalog nennen enne 171 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMMent sss eene eene enne nnns 171 CONFioure WC Dbowert BITGtCTAbBleCOMbare nne en rnns nennt nenne ntn nnne 172 CONEioure WCDbowert BTGltCTAble CObPy eene nre tenente anai nena CONFioure WCDbowert BTGtCTAble DATA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete essent nee rennen nrennneis CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME nennen nennen nennen enne nnne nensi nnns CONFioure WC Dbowert BIGtCTAbBle GEI ect CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle TOFFset A CONEioure WCDbowert BTGtCTAbiel SrATel nnne ener nnns nen CONFioure WC Dbowert BITGSTMEAGurement eene ennt enne nnns nnne nnn CONFigure WCDPower BTS STanDard sss nnne nennen nre nnne rsen retinens RI e e Le Tee DISPlayEWINDowsn S ug MR DiSblavfWiINDow nz TRACectGMODE nnne n nente nt res sehn nnne nets nennen snnt nensi nnns DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACING eene trennen etnies enn enses DISPlayWINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe sse nennen enenatis ens DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe MODE i DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe PDlVision sese 179 DISPlayWINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel sss 179 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet sess 180 DlSblavf WiNDow nzTR ACectlSCALelbRbOzon enne 180 DlSblavf WiNDow nzTRACectTSCALelbRVAlue en
105. Gtow ener 165 CALOCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch SUBRanges sss 165 CALCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch IMMediate This command switches the spurious limit check off If you want to read out the values peak values including the delta to a limit you have to Switch on the limit again This command is only for FSP compatibility and not necessary to use on the R amp S FSV Suffix n irrelevant Example CALC PSE Starts to determine the list CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch AUTO State This command activates or deactivates the list evaluation Suffix n Selects the measurement window Parameters State ON OFF RST ON Example CALC ESP PSE AUTO OFF Deactivates the list evaluation CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch MARGin lt Margin gt This command sets the margin used for the limit check peak search Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 164 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 4 6 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt Margin gt 200 to 200 dB RST 200 dB Example CALC ESP PSE MARG 100 Sets the margin to 100 dB CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch PSHow This command marks all peaks with blue squares in the diagram Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC ESP PSE PSH ON
106. H or S CPICH for antenna 2 The figure 6 2 shows the mea surement setup ext reference signal EXT lj eem REF Frame Trigger Antenna 1 TX signal Antenna 2 TX signal Fig 6 2 Time Alignment Error Measurement setup Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 84 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m m HH J J J RF Measurements The settings for time alignment measurements are the same as for CDA measure ments although some settings may not be available For a description see e Frontend Settings on page 51 e IQ Capture Settings on page 53 e Sync Scrambling Settings on page 55 e Demod Settings on page 61 As a result the measured time offset between the two signals in chips is displayed Remote commands CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEAS TAERror Activates the time alignment error measurement see CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion TAERror RESult TAERror Queries the results of the time alignment measurement see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer 1 FUNCtion TAERror RESult on page 134 STAT QUES SYNC EVEN Reads the information in a possible error situation see STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt on page 208 6 3 RF Measurem
107. LCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt channel gt RELative lt LowerLimit gt lt UpperLimit gt This command defines the limit for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent chan nel power measurements The reference value for the relative limit value is the mea sured channel power Note that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the absolute limit defined with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt Channel gt ABSolute This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as defined in mobile radio stand ards Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant lt Channel gt 1 11 the alternate channel Parameters lt LowerLimit gt first value O to 100dqB limit for the lower and the upper alternate lt UpperLimit gt adjacent channel RST 0 DB Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt Channel gt RELative STATe lt State gt This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent channel power measurements Before the command the limit check must be activated using CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower STATe The result
108. Level to Full Scale Level Signal Source If enabled the reference level is adjusted to the full scale level automatically if any change occurs Remote command INPut DIQ RANGe COUPling on page 225 Digital IQ Info Displays a dialog box with information on the digital UO input and output connection via the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 if available The information includes e Device identification e Used port Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 81 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements e Maximum digital input output sample rates and maximum digital input output transfer rates Status of the connection protocol e Status of the PRBS descewing test 3 Digital Baseband Info Digital IQ Input Connected Device SMU200A Serial Number 103634 Port Out Digital Input Sample Rate 100 MHz Max Digital Input Transfer Rate 100 MHz Connection Protocol Passed PRBS Test Descewing Passed Digital IQ Output Connected Device ExBox Serial Number 100064 Port IQ IN Max Digital Output Transfer Rate 110 MHz Connection Protocol Passed PRBS Test Descewing Done Close For details see Interface Status Information in Instrument Functions R amp S Digital 1 Q Interface Option R amp S FSV B17 in the description of the base unit Remote command INPut DIQ CDEVice on page 224 EXIQ Opens a configuration dialog box for an optionally co
109. Marks all peaks with blue squares CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch SUBRanges lt NumberPeaks gt This command sets the number of peaks per range that are stored in the list Once the selected number of peaks has been reached the peak search is stopped in the current range and continued in the next range Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt NumberPeaks gt 1 to 50 RST 25 Example CALC PSE SUBR 10 Sets 10 peaks per range to be stored in the list CALCulate STATistics subsystem CALCulate n STATisties CCDF S TATe dines 12 Lerner rre etre n cen deeds 166 CALGCulate n STATistics NSAMples aeneniee e nennen nnn anne qnn ils nannten nna gane k ash e ee 4Rn 166 CAL Gulate mnsSTATIstics EE 166 GALCulateen STATisties RESUult TFaGe e iisceeee ttai ua nien och Raa aariaa aaa aa 167 CALCu late lt n gt STATistiecs SCALEAUTO ONQE estt ii essa sensi a4n 167 CALCulate nz GTATlsticeGCAlexhbAaNGe enne etssa sr sssh isis sss trii 4n 168 CALCulate n STATistics SCALe2CRLEWVel iiie sdicecesiieenne a eA allo A RAE aai 168 CALC late lt n gt STATistics SCALe Y LOWE enn n sre EEEE EEN 168 GALGulate n STATistics SCALe Y UNIT ines riesce pe ENNEN EENS SeN 168 CAL Culate nz GTATlstce GCAlexv Uber 169 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 165 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mc RDU A
110. Measurements mu J T m Code Domain Analyzer Measurements e A PCIE 68 cr Dom UD 68 EE 68 x12 q ET 68 EE 68 teller 68 RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual 69 RF Atten Auto Mech Att Auto 69 El Allen OWO c 69 El Atten Mode AUW MaNn iiti dre meret EEEE 70 Ref Level ECHT m E 70 Ine e MEET 70 Ref Level Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the current unit dBm dBpV etc The reference level is the maximum value the AD converter can handle without distor tion of the measured value Signal levels above this value will not be measured cor rectly which is indicated by the IFOVL status display Remote command DISPlay WINDowcn TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel on page 179 Scaling Opens a submenu to define the amplitude scaling type Ref Value Scaling The Ref Value softkey opens an edit dialog box to adjust the reference value DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RVALue on page 181 Y per Div Scaling The Y PER DIV softkey opens an edit dialog box to change the range per division in the result diagram The range is the length for one section of the y axis DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe PDIVision on page 179 Ref Value Position Scaling The Ref Value Position softkey opens an edit dialog box to adjust the position the
111. Mode Standard Set to default Inactive Threshold 60 0 dB CPICH Code Nr 0 Frontend refer to Frontend Settings on page 51 IQ Capture refer to IQ Capture Settings on page 53 Descrambling Sync Search Despreading refer to Sync Scrambling Settings on page 55 Channel Detection refer to Channel Detection Settings on page 57 Demodulation Evaluation refer to Demod Settings on page 61 Display Configuration refer to chapter 6 1 1 Display Concept on page 29 Frontend Settings This softkey opens the Frontend Settings dialog box to modify the following parame ters necu P A c Cc rs C Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 51 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Frequency Settings Center Frequency 15 0 GHz Frequency Offset 0 0 H 8 Level Settings Ref Level Ref Level Offset 0 0 dB Preamplifier On e Off Adjust Ref Level 10 0 dBm Center Frontend Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter the center frequency The allowed range of values for the center frequency depends on the frequency span span gt 0 SPAN min 2 ES fcenter ES fmax SPAN min 2 span 0 0 HZ lt foenter S fmax fmax and span i are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 199 Frequency Offset Fronten
112. NC FIX STAT ON The command acti vates the corresponding delta marker if necessary Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT3 X REL Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position Usage Query only Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 145 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 4 2 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt Y This command queries the measured value of a delta marker The corresponding delta marker is activated if necessary The output is always a relative value referred to marker 1 or to the reference position reference fixed active To obtain a correct query result a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between the activation of the delta marker and the query of the y value This is only possible in single sweep mode Depending on the unit defined with CALC UNIT POW or on the activated measuring functions the query result is output in the units below Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end CALC DELT2 ON Switches on delta marker 2 CALC DELT2 Y Outputs measurement value of delta marker
113. NSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation Duration This command defines the duration of the level measurement used to determine the optimal reference level automatically for SENS ADJ LEV ON Parameters Duration numeric value in seconds Range 0 001 to 16000 0 RST 0 001 Default unit s Example ADJ CONF LEV DUR 5 Manual operation See Meas Time Manual on page 79 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 193 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 6 3 8 6 3 1 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation MODE Mode This command selects the way the R amp S FSV determines the length of the measure ment that is performed while determining the ideal reference level Parameters Mode AUTO Automatically determines the measurement length MANual Manual definition of the measurement length RST AUTO Example ADJ CONF LEV DUR MODE MAN Specifies manual definition of the measurement duration ADJ CONF LEV DUR 5 Specifies the duration manually SENSe ADJust FREQuency This command defines the center frequency automatically by determining the highest level in the frequency span Example ADJ FREQ SENSe ADJust LEVel This command automatically sets the optimal reference level for the current measure ment You can define a threshold that the signal must exceed before the reference level is adjusted see SENSe ADJust CONFiguration
114. Pole filters RST NORMal Example BAND TYPE NORM Manual operation See Filter Type on page 108 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo Bandwidth This command defines the video bandwidth The available video bandwidths are speci fied in the data sheet Parameters Bandwidth refer to data sheet RST AUTO is set to ON Example BAND VID 10 kHz Manual operation See Video BW Manual on page 103 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO lt State gt This command couples and decouples the VBW to the RBW Use SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio to define the ratio VBW RBW Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example BAND VID AUTO OFF Manual operation See Video BW Manual on page 103 See Video BW Auto on page 104 See Default Coupling on page 108 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio Ratio This command defines the ratio between video bandwidth Hz and resolution band width Hz Note that the ratio defined with the remote command VBW RBW is reciprocal to that of the manual operation RBW VBW Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 197 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mum ee SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters Ratio Range 0 01 to 1000 RST 3 Example BAND VID RAT 3 Sets the coupling of video bandwidth to video bandwidth 3 resolution
115. R 2 1175 GHz Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 123 Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time REF 0 dBm 3G FDD BTS TRIG EXTERN Result Diagrams Screen B Result Summary Change Focus to Screen DI TRACE AVERAGE SWEEP COUNT numeric value gt 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Screen A Code domain power of signal Test model 1 with 32 channels e Screen B Result summary with trace statistic evaluation R amp S FSV K72 8 8 1 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 6 1 8 6 2 8 6 3 8 7 8 7 1 8 8 Remote Control Commands Remote Control Commands In this section all remote control commands specific to the base station test option R amp S FSV K72 are described in detail For details on conventions used in this chapter refer to chapter 8 1 Notation on page 126 For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands refer to the corre sponding subsystem in the base unit description In particular the following subsystems are identical to the base unit refer to the base unit description e CALCulate DELTamarker e CALCulate MARKer except for the specific commands described in chapter 8 2 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 on page 128 e DISPlay subsystem e FORMat subsystem e INITiate subsystem e INPut subsystem e MMEM subsystem e OUTput subsystem e SENSe subsystem except for the specific commands descri
116. R amp S9 FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS Measurement Operating Manual UL 1176 7584 02 02 remen Test amp Measu Operating Manual This manual describes the following R amp S FSV options e R amp S FSV K72 1310 8055 02 This manual describes the following R amp S9FSV models with firmware version 2 20 and higher e R amp S FSV 4 1321 3008K04 e R amp S FSV 7 1321 3008K07 e R amp S FSV 13 1321 3008K13 R amp S FSV 30 1321 3008K30 e R amp S FSV 40 1321 3008K39 e R amp S FSV 40 1321 3008K40 It also applies to the following R amp S FSV models However note the differences described in chapter 1 4 Notes for Users of R amp S FSV 1307 9002Kxx Models on page 9 e R amp S FSV 3 1307 9002K03 e R amp S FSV 7 1307 9002K07 e R amp S FSV 13 1307 9002K13 e R amp S FSV 30 1307 9002K30 e R amp S FSV 40 1307 9002K39 e R amp S9FSV 40 1307 9002K40 The firmware of the instrument makes use of several valuable open source software packages For information see the Open Source Acknowledgement on the user documentation CD ROM included in delivery Rohde amp Schwarz would like to thank the open source community for their valuable contribution to embedded computing 2014 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG M hldorfstr 15 81671 M nchen Germany Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 12 164 E mail info rohde schwarz com Internet www rohde schwarz com Subject to change
117. SDPA The high speed physical downlink shared channel does not contain any pilot symbols It is a channel type that is expected in code classes equal to or higher than 7 HSPDSCH QPSK QPSK modulated slot of an HS PDSCH channel HSPDSCH 16QAM 16QAM modulated slot of an HS PDSCH channel HSPDSCH NONE _ slot without power of an HS PDSCH channel The modulation type of these channels can be varied depending on the selected slot The status is inactive channel is not active or active channel is active and all pilot symbols are correct HS SCCH HSDPA The high speed shared control channel does not contain any pilot sym bols It is a channel type that is expected in code classes equal to or higher than 7 The modulation type should always be QPSK The channel does not contain any pilot symbols The status is inactive channel is not active or active channel is active and all pilot symbols are correct Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 19 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements Further Information Channel Description CHAN Any arbitrary channel that does not carry a valid pilot symbol sequence is displayed as an arbitrary channel It is not possible to decide which chan nel type is transmitted The only prerequisite is that the channel carries symbols of a sufficient signal to noise ratio e Chan Type CHAN QPSK modulated channel without any pilot sym bol
118. SENS CDP ICTR 100 Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 185 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Manual operation See Inactive Channel Threshold on page 58 SENSe CDPower IQLength lt CaptureLength gt This command specifies the number of frames that are captured by one sweep Parameters lt CaptureLength gt Range 1 to 100 RST 1 Example SENS CDP IQLength 3 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Capture Length on page 54 SENSe CDPower LEVel ADJust This command adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power This ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading the R amp S FSV or limiting the dynamic range by an S N ratio that is too small Example CDP LEV ADJ Adjusts the reference level Mode CDMA EVDO TDS WCDMA SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue lt ScramblingCode gt This command defines the scrambling code in hexadecimal format Parameters ScramblingCode RST 0 Example SENS CDP LCOD 4H2 Defines the scrambling code in hexadecimal format Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Format Hex Dec on page 57 SENSe CDPower LCODe DVALue lt ScramblingCode gt This command defines the scrambling code in decimal format Parameters ScramblingCode lt numeric value RST 0 Example SENS CDP LCOD DVAL 3 Defines the scrambling code
119. SENSe CDPower HSDPamode on page 185 the values and number of the bits are as follows Unit Value range 0 1 6 9 0 Low state of a transmitted bit 1 High state of a transmitted bit 6 Bit of a symbol of a suppressed slot of a DPCH in Compressed Mode DPCH CPRSD 9 Bit of a suppressed symbol of a DPCH e g TFCI off Bits per slot NaitPersymb 2 Number of symbols Ngymp 10 2 8 Code Class Number of bits Na Nsymb Naitpersymb Format Bitoo Bito Bit o Bit Bit o Bit2 Bitusymb o Bitnsymb 1 If HS DPA UPA is enabled see Channel Detection Settings on page 57 or SENSe CDPower HSDPamode on page 185 the values and number of the bits are as follows Unit l Value range Bits per symbol 0 1 6 7 8 9 0 Low state of a transmitted bit 1 High state of a transmitted bit 6 Bit of a symbol of a suppressed slot of a DPCH in Compressed Mode DPCH CPRSD 7 Bit of a switched off symbol of an HS PDSCH channel 8 Fill value for unused bits of a lower order modulation symbol in a frame containing higher order modulation 9 Bit of a suppressed symbol of a DPCH e g TFCI off NBitPersymb 2 4 6 Symbols per slot Nsymb Slot 10 2 8 Code Class Symbols per frame Nsymb Frame 15 Ngymb_slot 150 2 8 Code SS Number of bits Ney Nsymb Frame NaitPerSymb MAX nam pecu cup LJ
120. Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT1 ON Switches marker 1 to delta marker mode Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 See Marker Norm Delta on page 76 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt TRACe lt TraceNumber gt This command selects the trace a delta marker is positioned on Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 144 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The corresponding trace must have a trace mode other than Blank Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Parameters lt TraceNumber gt 1 6 Trace number the marker is positioned on Example CALC DELT3 TRAC 2 Assigns delta marker 3 to trace 2 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X Position This command positions a delta marker on a particular coordinate on the x axis The position is an absolute value Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Parameters lt Position gt 0 to maximum frequency or sweep time Example CALC DELT X Outputs the absolute frequency time of delta marker 1 Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X RELative This command queries the x value of the selected delta marker relative to marker 1 or to the reference position for CALC DELT FU
121. Spectogram mode option R amp S FSV K14 TDS TD SCDMA base station UE measurements option R amp S FSV K76 K77 VSA Vector Signal Analysis option R amp S FSV K70 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 126 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands Notation WCDMA 3GPP Base Station measurements option R amp S FSV K72 3GPP UE measure ments option R amp S FSV K73 WLAN WLAN TX measurements option R amp S FSV K91 The spectrum analysis mode is implemented in the basic unit For the other modes the corresponding options are required Upper Lower Case Notation Upper lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key words of a command in the description The instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters Special Characters A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands These keywords are indicated in the same line they are separated by a vertical stroke Only one of these key words needs to be included in the header of the command The effect of the command is inde pendent of which of the keywords is used Example SENSe FREQuency CW FIXed The two following commands with identical meaning can be created They set the fre quency of the fixed frequency signal to 1 kHz SENSe FREQuency CW 1E3 SENSe FREQuency FIXed 1E3 A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks al
122. TER 111 D cic rl rs asec cio tah Ses Savini va fab gaa wedge labs 111 Mca E Da ae hana E esc hata Data usb eilbiac 111 SWEEP COUE EE 111 SWEEP RE EE 112 Continuous Sweep Sets the continuous sweep mode the sweep takes place continuously according to the trigger settings This is the default setting The trace averaging is determined by the sweep count value see the Sweep Count softkey Sweep Count on page 71 Remote command INIT CONT ON see INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous on page 221 Single Sweep Sets the single sweep mode after triggering starts the number of sweeps that are defined by using the Sweep Count softkey The measurement stops after the defined number of sweeps has been performed Remote command INIT CONT OFF see INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous on page 221 Continue Single Sweep Repeats the number of sweeps set by using the Sweep Count softkey without deleting the trace of the last measurement This is particularly of interest when using the trace configurations Average or Max Hold to take previously recorded measurements into account for averaging maximum search Remote command INITiate lt n gt CONMeas on page 221 Sweeptime Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time Sweep time absolute max sweep time value 16000 s absolute min sweep time value zero span 1 us span gt 0 depends on device model refer to data sheet Allowed values depend on the ratio o
123. This leads to a longer sweep time for small VBW values Thus you can reduce the VBW value to ach ieve more stable trace curves even when using an RMS detector Normally if the RMS detector is used the sweep time should be increased to get more stable trace curves Trace Mode Overview The traces can be activated individually for a measurement or frozen after completion of a measurement Traces that are not activate are hidden Each time the trace mode is changed the selected trace memory is cleared The R amp S FSV offers 6 different trace modes Clear Write Overwrite mode the trace is overwritten by each sweep This is the default setting All available detectors can be selected Remote command DISP TRAC MODE WRIT see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe t MODE on page 177 Max Hold The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed The R amp S FSV saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one The detector is automatically set to Positive Peak This mode is especially useful with modulated or pulsed signals The signal spectrum is filled up upon each sweep until all signal components are detected in a kind of enve lope Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 21 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements mm J O QJ
124. UM SA DEE 95 E dol EE 96 Span Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the frequency span The center frequency remains the same when you change the span The following range is allowed span 0 0 Hz span gt 0 Spain S f span S f max fmax and SpanNmin are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency SPAN on page 201 Sweeptime Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time Sweep time absolute max sweep time value 16000 s absolute min sweep time value zero span 1 us span gt 0 depends on device model refer to data sheet Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW For details refer to the data sheet Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible sweep time For rotary knob or UPARROW DNARROW key inputs the sweep time is adjusted in steps either downwards or upwards The manual input mode of the sweep time is indicated by a green bullet next to the SWT display in the channel bar If the selected sweep time is too short for the selected bandwidth and span level measurement errors will occur due to a too short settling time for the resolution or video filters In this case the R amp S FSV displays the error message UNCAL and marks the indicated sweep time with a red bullet This softkey is available for RF measurements but not for CCDF measurements Remote command SWE TIME AUTO OFF see SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page
125. V K72 Parameters lt CouplingType gt SPAN Couples the step size to the span Available for measurements in the frequency domain RBW Couples the step size to the resolution bandwidth Available for measurements in the time domain OFF Decouples the step size manual input RST SPAN Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN Manual operation See 0 1 Span span gt 0 on page 92 See 0 1 RBW span gt 0 on page 93 See 0 5 Span span gt 0 on page 93 See 0 5 RBW span gt 0 on page 93 See x Span span gt 0 on page 93 See x RBW span gt 0 on page 93 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor lt Factor gt This command defines a step size factor if the center frequency step size is coupled to the span or the resolution bandwidth Parameters lt Factor gt Range 1 to 100 RST 10 Default unit PCT Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 20PCT Manual operation See 0 1 Span span gt 0 on page 92 See 0 1 RBW span gt 0 on page 93 See 0 5 Span span gt 0 on page 93 See 0 5 RBW span gt 0 on page 93 SENSe FREQuency OFFSet lt Offset gt This command defines the frequency offset Parameters lt Offset gt Range 100 GHz to 100 GHz RST 0 Hz Default unit Hz Example FREQ OFFS 1GHZ Manual operation See Frequency Offset on page 52 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 200 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 6 3 3 SENSe subsy
126. able for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 The RF attenuation defines the level at the input mixer according to the formula levelmixer lEVelinput RF attenuation Note As of firmware version 1 61 the maximum mixer level allowed is 0 dBm Mixer levels above this value may lead to incorrect measurement results which are indicated by the OVLD status display The increased mixer level allows for an improved signal but also increases the risk of overloading the instrument Remote command INPut ATTenuation on page 222 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 99 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu u JmmuH a RF Measurements RF Atten Auto Mech Att Auto Sets the RF attenuation automatically as a function of the selected reference level This ensures that the optimum RF attenuation is always used It is the default setting This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut ATTenuation AUTO on page 223 El Atten On Off This softkey switches the electronic attenuator on or off This softkey is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 When the electronic attenuator is activated the mechanical and electronic attenuation can be defined separately Note however tha
127. acent channel spacings while the lower adjacent channel spacings remain unchanged Suffix channel 1 11 the alternate adjacent channel Parameters lt Spacing gt 100 Hz to 20 GHz RST 40 kHz ALT1 60 kHz ALT2 80 kHz ALT3 Example POW ACH SPAC ALT1 100 kHz Sets the spacing between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 1 ALT1 from 40 kHz to 100 kHz In consequence the spacing between the TX channel and all higher alternate adja cent channels is increased by the factor 100 40 2 5 ALT2 150 kHz ALT3 200 kHz ALTA 250 kHz SENSe POWer ACHannel TXCHannel COUNt Number This command selects the number of carrier signals The command is available only for multicarrier channel and adjacent channel power measurements with span gt 0 see CALCulate n MARKer m FUNCtion POWer SELect on page 133 Parameters Number 1 to 18 RST 1 Example POW ACH TXCH COUN 3 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 203 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 6 3 4 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe POWer NCORrection Mode This command turns noise cancellation on and off If noise cancellation is on the R amp S FSV performs a reference measurement to deter mine its inherent noise and subtracts the result from the channel power measurement result first active trace only The inherent noise of the instrument depends on the selected center frequency resolu tion bandwidth and level
128. ach measurement type A set of parameters is passed on from the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option to the base unit and vice versa which allows you to switch between applications quickly and easily e center frequency e reference level e attenuation e reference level offset e center frequency step size e trigger source e trigger offset 5 2 Further Information 5 2 1 Short List of Abbreviations eere nennen ener nnn 18 5 2 2 Channels of the Code Domain Channel Table and Their Usage 18 5 2 8 Detector Overview oer epe ee E nnd a ipd eR REA 20 5 24 Trace Mode Overview iiie reniei treni rapinae sape dvi SEENEN 21 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Tvpe nenn 23 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filter 23 5 2 4 ASCII File Export Formats cccccccavasceecsssardaccccnsccacccesavnaenansatedcetecensaedeadendsesdecadeveaaedcaeaates 25 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 17 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements m O XU O Hs G Further Information 5 2 1 Short List of Abbreviations Term or abbreviation Description BTS base transmission station CPICH common pilot channel DPCH dedicated physical channel data channel FDD frequency division duplexing PCCPCH primary common control physical channel PICH paging indicati
129. adjacent channel power as defined in mobile radio standards Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt LowerLimit gt first value 200DBM to 200DBM limit for the lower and the lt UpperLimit gt upper adjacent channel RST 200DBM Example CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dBm CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe lt State gt This command activates the limit check for the adjacent channel when adjacent chan nel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power is performed Before the com mand the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement must be globally switched on using CALCulate n LIMit k ACPower STATe The result can be queried with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RESuLt It should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no correct results are available Suffix n Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 147 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30
130. age 132 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth softkey activates the measurement of the bandwidth that the signal occupies The occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth in which in default settings 99 of the total signal power is to be found The percentage of the signal power to be included in the bandwidth measurement can be changed The occupied bandwidth Occ BW and the frequency markers are displayed in the marker information in the diagram grid The following user specific settings are not modified on the first access following pre setting e Reference Level Reference Level Offset e Center Frequency Frequency Offset e Input Attenuation Mixer Level e Alltrigger settings Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 87 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm J m M RF Measurements Pressing the Occupied Bandwidth softkey activates the analyzer mode with defined settings To restore adapted measurement parameters the following parameters are saved on exiting and are set again on re entering this measurement e Level parameters e RBW VBW e Sweep time e SPAN For further details about the Occupied Bandwidth measurements refer to Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth in the base unit description CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 17
131. age 186 Scrambling Codes Sync Scrambling Settings This table includes all found scrambling codes from the last autosearch sequence In the first column each row has a radio button to select a found scrambling code Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch LIST on page 187 Autosearch Sync Scrambling Settings Starts a search on the measured signal for all scrambling codes The scrambling code that leads to the highest signal power is chosen as the new scrambling code Searching requires that the correct center frequency and level are set The scrambling code search can automatically determine the primary scrambling code number The secondary scrambling code number is expected as 0 Alternative scrambling codes can not be detected Therefore the range for detection is 0x0000 0x1FFOh where the last digit is always 0 Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch IMMediate on page 187 Export Sync Scrambling Settings Writes the detected scrambling codes together with their powers into a text file in the R amp S user directory c R_S Instr User ScrCodes txt Channel Detection Settings Opens the Channel Detection Settings dialog box which contains the following tabs e Common Settings tab on page 58 e Predef Channel Table tab on page 58 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 57 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mA
132. al are compared with each other The difference of the two signals is projected onto the classes of the different spreading factors The peak code domain error measurement is obtained by summing the symbols of each difference signal slot and searching for the maximum error code 1 Test setup 8 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSV Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 121 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 mAA 4c DHU2 H P COC cu ee Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time b Connect the reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors C Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV EXT TRIG GATE to the external trigger output on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz Baseband 3GPP FDD BS Test Setup Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTER 2 1175 GHz REF 0 dBm 3G FDD BTS TRIG EXTERN MEAS CONFIG Result Diagrams Screen B Composite EVM 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Screen A Code domain power of signal Test model 1 with 3
133. al demodulation OFF If a filtered WCDMA signal is received the RRC filter should not be used to get a correct signal demodulation This is the case if the DUT filters the signal RST ON Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 184 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands ne ee ss a a Se SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example SENS CDP FILT STAT OFF Mode WCDMA Manual operation See RRC Filter on page 54 SENSe CDPower FRAMe LVALue lt Value gt Selects the frame to be analyzed Parameters lt Value gt numeric value 0 CAPTURE LENGTH 1 RST 0 Example SENS CDP FRAM 1 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Frame To Analyze on page 54 SENSe CDPower HSDPamode State This command selects if the HS DPCCH channel is searched or not Parameters State ON OFF ON The high speed channels can be detected A detection of the modulation type QPSK 16QAM is done instead of a detection of pilot symbols OFF The high speed channel can not be detected A detection of pilot symbols is done instead a detection of the modulation type QPSK 16QAM RST ON Example SENS CDP HSDP OFF Mode WCDMA Manual operation See HS DPA UPA on page 58 SENSe CDPower ICTReshold Value This command sets the threshold value from which a channel is treated as active The level entered refers to the total signal power Parameters Value numeric value RST 60 dB Example
134. al operation See Antenna Diversity on page 56 See Antenna Number on page 56 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mc PsssgQ s l SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe CDPower ASEQuence Automatically adjusts the amplitude settings to the signal Example SENS CDP ASEQ Mode WCDMA SENSe CDPower CPB Value This command selects the constellation parameter B According to 3GPP specification the mapping of 16QAM symbols to an assigned bit pattern depends on the constella tion parameter B Parameters Value numeric value RST 0 Example SENS CDP ANT 1 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Const Param B on page 63 SENSe CDPower CODE lt CodeNumber gt This command sets the code number The code number refers to code class 9 spreading factor 512 Parameters lt CodeNumber gt lt numeric value gt RST 0 Example SENS CDP CODE 30 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Select Channel on page 65 SENSe CDPower FILTer STATe State This command selects if a root raised cosine RRC receiver filter is used or not This feature is useful if the RRC filter is implemented in the device under test DUT Parameters State ON If an unfiltered WCDMA signal is received normal case the RRC filter should be used to get a correct sign
135. already displayed press the softkey for which you want to display help A topic containing information about the softkey and its function is displayed If a softkey opens a submenu and you press the softkey a second time the submenu of the softkey is displayed Contents of the help dialog box The help dialog box contains four tabs e Contents contains a table of help contents e View contains a specific help topic e Index contains index entries to search for help topics e Zoom contains zoom functions for the help display To change between these tabs press the tab on the touchscreen Navigating in the table of contents e To move through the displayed contents entries use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys Entries that contain further entries are marked with a plus sign e To display a help topic press the ENTER key The View tab with the correspond ing help topic is displayed e Tochange to the next tab press the tab on the touchscreen Navigating in the help topics e To scroll through a page use the rotary knob or the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys e To jump to the linked topic press the link text on the touchscreen Searching for a topic 1 Change to the Index tab Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 8 R amp S FSV K72 Preface mam ew rt Notes for Users of R amp S FSV 1307
136. ame gt name of the new channel table Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME MEN TAB Defines the channel table name to be copied CONF WCDP CTAB COPY CTAB 2 Copies channel table NEW TAB to CTAB 2 Usage Event Mode WCDMA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DATA lt CodeClass gt lt CodeNumber gt lt UseTFCI gt lt TimingOffset gt lt PilotLength gt lt ChannelType gt lt Status gt lt CDPRelative gt This command defines or queries the values of the selected channel table Each line of the table consists of 8 values Channels PICH CPICH and PCCPCH may only be defined once If channel CPICH or PCCPCH is missing in the command it is automatically added at the end of the table Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with the com mand CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 175 Parameters lt CodeClass gt Range 2 to 9 lt CodeNumber gt Range 0 to 511 lt UseTFCI gt 011 0 not used 1 used lt TimingOffset gt Step width 256 for code class 9 512 Range 0 to 38400 lt PilotLength gt code class 9 4 code class 8 2 4 8 code class 7 4 8 code class 5 6 8 code class 2 3 4 16 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 173 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 lt ChannelType gt 0 DPCH Dedicated Physical Channel of a standard WCDMA Frame 1 PICH Paging Indication Channel 2 SCCPCH Secondary Common Control Physical Chan
137. an edit dialog box to enter the duration of the level measurement in seconds The level measurement is used to determine the optimal reference level automatically see the Auto Level softkey Auto Level on page 79 The default value is 1 ms Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation on page 193 Meas Time Auto lt Settings The level measurement is used to determine the optimal reference level automatically see the Auto Level softkey This softkey resets the level measurement duration for automatic leveling to the default value of 100 ms Upper Level Hysteresis Settings Defines an upper threshold the signal must exceed before the reference level is auto matically adjusted when the Auto Level function is performed Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis UPPer on page 193 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 79 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m J H C C mele Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Lower Level Hysteresis Settings Defines a lower threshold the signal must exceed before the reference level is auto matically adjusted when the Auto Level function is performed Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis LOWer on page 193 6 1 12 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for CDA Measurements The following chapter describes all sof
138. ange 101 to 32001 RST 691 Example SWE POIN 251 Manual operation See Sweep Points on page 112 SENSe SWEep TIME lt Time gt This command defines the sweep time The range depends on the frequency span Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 205 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands aM MG ee SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters Time refer to data sheet RST automatic Example SWE TIME 10s Manual operation See Sweeptime Manual on page 95 SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO State In realtime mode this command automatically sets the sweep time to 32 ms In analyzer mode this command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep time to the frequency span and bandwidth settings If SENSe SWEep TIME is used auto matic coupling is switched off Parameters State ON OFF RST ON Example SWE TIME AUTO ON Activates automatic sweep time Manual operation See Sweeptime Manual on page 95 See Sweeptime Auto on page 105 See Default Coupling on page 108 SENSe SWEep TYPE Type This command selects the sweep type Parameters lt Type gt SWE Selects analog frequency sweeps AUTO Automatically selects the sweep type FFT or analog frequency sweep FFT Selects FFT sweeps RST AUTO Example SWE TYPE FFT
139. arts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe lt State gt This command activates the limit check for the relative limit value of the adjacent chan nel when adjacent channel power measurement is performed Before this command the limit check must be activated using CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower STATe The result can be queried with CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RESult Note that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no correct results are available Suffix n Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 149 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dBm CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement CALC LIM ACP ACH STAT ON Switches on the check of the
140. at is possible without falsifying the signal The maximum level error is 0 1 dB compared to using a longer sweep time This softkey is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Spectrum Emission Mask and the Occupied Bandwidth Remote command SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page 206 Sweep Type Opens a submenu to define the sweep type This softkey is available for measuring the Signal Power the Adjacent Channel Power and the Occupied Bandwidth This function is not available in IQ Analyzer mode or for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 In frequency sweep mode the analyzer provides several possible methods of sweep ing e Sweep on page 105 FFT on page 105 not available with 5 Pole filters channel filters or RRC filters see chapter 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 e Auto on page 106 Sweep Sweep Type Sets the Sweep Type to standard analog frequency sweep In the standard sweep mode the local oscillator is set to provide the spectrum quasi analog from the start to the stop frequency Remote command SWE TYPE SWE see SENSe SWEep TYPE on page 206 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 110 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm Je RF
141. ate SCCPCH e HSDPA HSUPA On Off softkey set to Off Only one QPSK modulated channel without pilot symbols is detected and displayed as the SCCPCH Any further QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols are not detected as active channels Ifthe signal contains more than one channel without pilot sym bols the channel that is received in the highest code class and with the lowest code number is displayed as the SCCPCH It is expected that only one channel of this type is included in the received signal According to this assumption this channel is probably the SCCPCH e HSDPA HSUPA On Off softkey set to On All QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols are detec ted If one of these channels is received at code class 8 and code number 3 it is displayed as the SCCPCH QPSK modula ted channels without pilot symbols and a code class higher than or equal to 7 are marked with the channel type CHAN QPSK modulated channels without pilot symbols and a code class lower than 7 are marked with channel type HSPDSCH PICH The paging indication channel is expected at code class 8 and code num ber 16 DPCH The dedicated physical channel is a data channel that contains pilot sym bols The displayed channel type is DPCH The status is inactive channel is not active active channel is active and all pilot symbols are correct or pilotf channel is active but it contains incorrect pilot symbols HS PDSCH H
142. ated chip N number of chips at each CPICH slot n index number for mean power calculation of reference signal Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP CHIP EVM see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried a list of vector error values of all chips at the selected slot is returned The values are calculated as the square root of the square difference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected slot Mag Error vs Chip Mag Error vs Chip activates the Magnitude Error versus chip display The magnitude error is displayed for all chips of the slected slot The magnitude error is calculated by the difference of the magnitude of received signal and magnitude of reference signal The reference signal is estimated from the channel configuration of all active channels The magnitude error is related to the square root of the mean power of reference sig nal and given in percent WK wn N 2560 ke 0 1 2 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 46 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mMAm S P anPP nrgs Code Domain Analyzer Measurements
143. ating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 198 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SSES SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe FREQuency CENTer Frequency This command defines the center frequency frequency domain or measuring fre quency time domain Parameters Frequency Range 0 to fmax RST fmax 2 Default unit Hz fmax IS specified in the data sheet min span is 10 Hz Example FREQ CENT 100 MHz Manual operation See Center on page 52 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP lt StepSize gt This command defines the center frequency step size Parameters lt StepSize gt Range 1 to fmax RST 0 1 x lt span value gt Default unit Hz Example FREQ CENT STEP 120 MHz Manual operation See CF Stepsize on page 67 See Manual on page 94 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO lt State gt This command couples the step size of the center frequency to the span ON or sets the value of the center frequency entered via SENSe FREQuency CENTer OFF Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example FREQ CENT STEP AUTO ON Activates the coupling of the step size to the span SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK lt CouplingType gt This command couples and decouples the center frequency step size to the span or the resolution bandwidth Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 199 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FS
144. ation on the other softkeys available for RF measurements ird IL EE 76 GOD ENCORE gege EES eeh geg eg TT PGE PC uere eee opea ener eta ae Rn Pa er eta Me DN e eege TT Next Peak MOotd6 iecniivtsed cn dices anai aa Mta car SEAN 77 OPI DEE 77 ele EE 77 Mi EE 78 D m ERE 78 Next Min MOJE n ert cra ce petra eaaet hae ead na en aao entren aa e e pe Ded Cau diana dtae rd aae Sae edad cn 78 Select 1 2 3 4 A Selects the normal marker or the delta marker and activates the marker A stands for delta marker 1 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe on page 161 CALCulate n MARKercm X on page 162 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 163 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 76 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu QP H H agew Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Peak Sets the active marker delta marker to the highest maximum of the trace Remote command CALCulate n MARKer m MAXimum PEAK on page 159 Next Peak Sets the active marker delta marker to the next maximum of the selected trace Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 158 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 142 Next Peak Mode Selects the mode of the Next Peak softkey Three settings are available lt Sets the active marker delta mark
145. axis The setting range is from 200 to 200 0 corresponding to the lower and 100 to the upper limit of the diagram Only available for RF measurements Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RPOSition on page 180 Grid Abs Rel Switches between absolute and relative scaling of the level axis not available with Linear range Only available for RF measurements Abs Absolute scaling The labeling of the level lines refers to the absolute value of the reference level Absolute scaling is the default setting Rel Relative scaling The upper line of the grid is always at 0 dB The scaling is in dB whereas the reference level is always in the set unit for details on unit settings see the Unit softkey Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe MODE on page 179 Noise Correction If activated the results are corrected by the instrument s inherent noise which increa ses the dynamic range ON A reference measurement of the instrument s inherent noise is carried out The noise power measured is then subtracted from the power in the channel that is being examined The inherent noise of the instrument depends on the selected center frequency resolution bandwidth and level setting Therefore the cor rection function is disabled whenever one of these parameters is changed A disable message is displayed on the screen Noise cor rection must be switched on again
146. bed in chapter 8 6 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 on page 182 e TRIGger subsystem Nbre ERR 126 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eese nnns 128 CALCulate FEED subsystem 2 tente Lez DC etia Lana Dci dab dead ce 129 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion subevstem settee eect etteeeeeeeneeeeeeetaeeeeetenaaes 131 Other CALCulate Commandes 138 Other CALCulate Commands Referenced in this Manual 138 CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eene 170 DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eese nnne nnns 176 INSTrument suDsystoem eerte rhet rer ere deen 182 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 esses ener nnne 182 SENSe CDPower Gubesvstem nnne nnnm 183 SENSe ADJust Subsystem rd oreet ortas ctn ed Ene rede 192 Other SENSe Commands Referenced in this Manual 194 STATus QUEStionable subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eese 208 STATus QUEStionable SYNC subsystem R amp S FSV K72 sss 208 TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 eene nnne nennen 209 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 125 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 8 1 8 8 2 8 9 8 1 Notation Description of Channel Types eene eren nennen nnn 209 TRACe DATA subsystem R amp S EGVkKO eene 210 Other Commands Referenced in this Manual seen eere 219 Notation In t
147. check for limit line 3 Usage Query only CALCulate LIMit ESPectrum subsystem The CALCulate LIMit ESPectrum subsystem defines the limit check for the Spec trum Emission Mask CAL Culate nz LUlMitcks E bechumLlMits eese enne enne nnn nnns 153 GALCulatesmes LIMiteks ESPectrumiMODE 222 Inr naaa d eN 154 CAL Culate nzLlMitcks E bechumbClass CasszTENClushvel erene 154 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt COUN ccccccscccessseeeeeeeeeseneeeeaes 155 CALOCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class LIMit S TATe sess 155 CAL Culate nz LUlMitcks E bechum PClLass Cass MANimum 156 CALCulate n LIMit k ESPectrum PCLass Class MlNimum eese 156 CAL Culate nz LUlMitcks E bechumbRtGtore ene ne nnns nn nnne nans 156 GALCulatesmsLIMitek ESPectrum VALuUue cniin naue nnne date acu LdaR A Ra RRdeciUA 157 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum LIMits Limits This command sets or queries up to 4 power classes in one step Suffix n irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt Limits gt 1 3 numeric values between 200 and 200 separated by com mas 200 lt 0 3 numeric values between 200 and 200 in ascending order separated by commas gt 200 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 153 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands u a a Se ed CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CAL
148. class 9 0 38400 chips Example TRAC2 DATA TRACE2 Returns the trace data from trace 2 screen B Usage Query only Mode WCDMA 8 9 Other Commands Referenced in this Manual The following commands are identical to those in the base unit and are included in this manual only because they are specifically referenced to here See also chapter 8 6 3 Other SENSe Commands Referenced in this Manual on page 194 and chapter 8 2 4 Other CALCulate Commands Referenced in this Man ual on page 138 FORMatDEXPortDSEPAlalor 2 retro edel 220 Dl ACGnostc nz GERViceN Ource sisse nthss assess aisi sss sn sr saa 220 INUTIatespn s el EE 221 INPEIate s CON MT TEE 221 ll EE 222 INI Tiate lt i gt ET E 222 INFOEN Ee EENS 222 INPUEATTenuation AUTO ia stet eet in Radeon eh audetz sta ape cie aa D aE a EEA RAEE 223 lits 223 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 219 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands MGE ECMALC CO gnuHa H nn Other Commands Referenced in this Manual IPP tt I C DE x DL dansesteeiaoe 224 INPUEDIQFRANGE AUTO EE 225 INPULDIG RANGE COUPIING EE 225 INPUEBIOARANGE UPPE EE 225 INPut DID RANGSPUPPePEUNDT icnn aaa a aa a i niaaa 226 INPUt DIO EE 226 INPur DIO S RATQUAUTO ET 227 APUC EAT Ti REDIERE M LII LU DIM MIRI UM 227 INPUREAU Ire EM 228 INPUT EAT TS TAM c
149. cribes how to set up the analyzer for 3GPP FDD BTS base station tests As a prerequisite for starting the test the instrument must be correctly set up and connected to the AC power supply as described in chapter 1 of the operating manual for the analyzer Furthermore application firmware module R amp S FSV K72 must be properly installed following the instructions provided in the operating manual for the analyzer Standard Test Setup e Connect antenna output or TX output of BTS to RF input of the analyzer via a power attenuator of suitable attenuation The following values are recommended for the external attenuator to ensure that the RF input of the analyzer is protected and the sensitivity of the analyzer is not reduced too much Max power Recommended ext attenuation 255 to 60 dBm 35 to 40 dB 250 to 55 dBm 30 to 35 dB 245 to 50 dBm 25 to 30 dB 240 to 45 dBm 20 to 25 dB 235 to 40 dBm 15 to 20 dB 230 to 35 dBm 10 to 15 dB 225 to 30 dBm 5 to 10 dB Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 11 R amp S FSV K72 Setup for Base Station Tests Max power Recommended ext attenuation 220 to 25 dBm 0 to 5 dB 20 dBm 0 dB For signal measurements at the output of two port networks connect the reference frequency of the signal source to the rear reference input of the analyzer EXT REF IN OUT To ensure that the error limits specified by the 3GPP standard are met the ana lyzer shou
150. ctor gt This command defines the spreading factor The spreading factor is only significant for display mode PEAK CODE DOMAIN ERROR Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 190 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt SpreadingFactor gt 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 RST 512 Example SENS CDP SFACtor 16 Mode WCDMA SENSe CDPower SLOT lt SlotNumber gt This command sets the slot number of the common pilot channels CPICH Parameters lt SlotNumber gt lt numeric value gt RST 0 Example SENS CDP SLOT 3 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Select Slot on page 66 SENSe CDPower STYPe lt Type gt This command selects the type of synchronization If CPICh is selected the synchroni zation is carried out to CPICH For this type of synchronization the CPICH must be present in the transmit signal If SCHannel is selected the synchronization is carried out without CPICh This type of synchronization is required for test model 4 without CPICH Parameters Type CPICh SCHannel RST CPICh Example SENS CDP STYP SCH Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Synchronization Type on page 56 SENSe CDPower UCPich CODE lt CodeNumber gt This command sets the code number of the user defined CPICH used for signal analy sis Parameters lt CodeNumber gt Range 0 to 225 RST 0 Example SENS CDP UCP CODE 10 Mode WCDMA Manua
151. current configuration and the status of the digital baseband input from the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 For details see the section Interface Status Information for the R amp S Digital UO Inter face R amp S FSV B17 in the description of the base unit Return values lt ConnState gt Defines whether a device is connected or not 0 No device is connected 1 A device is connected lt DeviceName gt Device ID of the connected device lt SerialNumber gt Serial number of the connected device lt PortName gt Port name used by the connected device lt SampleRate gt Maximum or currently used sampling rate of the connected device in Hz depends on the used connection protocol version indicated by lt SampleRateType gt parameter lt MaxTransferRate gt Maximum data transfer rate of the connected device in Hz lt ConnProtState gt State of the connection protocol which is used to identify the connected device Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done lt PRBSTestState gt State of the PRBS test Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done lt SampleRateType gt 0 Maximum sampling rate is displayed 1 Current sampling rate is displayed lt Placeholder gt for future use currently O Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 224 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands a ee eee ee QUU Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Example INP DIQ
152. d Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter a frequency offset that shifts the displayed frequency range by the specified offset The softkey indicates the current frequency offset The allowed values range from 100 GHz to 100 GHz The default setting is 0 Hz Remote command SENSe FREQuency OFFSet on page 200 Ref Level Frontend Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the current unit dBm dBuV etc The reference level is the maximum value the AD converter can handle without distor tion of the measured value Signal levels above this value will not be measured cor rectly which is indicated by the IFOVL status display Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel on page 179 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 52 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mA E M A 4rn rw pm Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Ref Level Offset Frontend Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter the arithmetic level offset This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected unit The scaling of the y axis is changed accordingly The setting range is 200 dB in 0 1 dB steps Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet on page 180 Preamp On Off Frontend Settings Switches the
153. d file name gt lt 2nd file length gt lt nth file name gt nth file length Example CONF WCDP CTAB CAT Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Predefined Tables on page 60 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMMent Comment This command defines a comment for the selected channel table Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 175 and the values of the table have to be defined with command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 173 Parameters Comment Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 171 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME MEN TAB Defines the channel table name CONF WCDP CTAB DATA 9 0 50 0 0 0 1 0 00 9 1 0 0 05 0 1 0 00 7 1 0 256 8 0 1 0 00 Defines the table values CONF WCDP CTAB COMM Comment for table 1 Defines a comment for the table Mode WCDMA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMPare State This command switches between normal predefined mode and predefined channel table compare mode In the compare mode a predefined channel table model can be compared with the measurement in respect to power pilot length and timing offset of the active channels Comparision is a submode of predefined channel table measurement It only influen ces the measurement if the Channel Search Mo
154. de is set to Predefined see Channel Search Mode on page 59 If the compare mode is selected the power values pilot lengths and timing offsets are measured and are compared with the values from the predefined channel table The Timing Offset setting is disabled in this case These results are visualized in the corresponding columns of the CHANNEL TABLE result display see chapter 6 1 2 2 Channel Table on page 34 The following columns are displayed in the channel table e PilotL is the substraction of PilotLengthMeasured PilotLengthPredefined e PwrRel is the substraction of PowerRelMeasured PowerRelPredefined e T Offs is the substraction of TimingOffsetMeasured TimingOffsetPredefined For non active channels dashes are shown Parameters State ON OFF ON predefined channel table compare mode OFF normal predefined mode RST OFF Example CONF WCDP CTAB COMP ON Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Channel Table Compare on page 59 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 172 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COPY lt FileName gt This command copies one channel table onto another one The channel table to be copied is selected with command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 175 The name of the channel table may contain a maximum of 8 characters Parameters lt FileName gt lt file_n
155. dex Index A Code Power Display KL eeh 62 adjacent channel leakage ratio essessss 86 Commands Amplitude Descriptio 24 in eee ecu 126 MIELE 96 common pilot channel ssseeeeee 235 amplitude power distribution seesesss 88 Common Settings amplitude probability distribution function 88 T 58 Antenna Diversity Composite EVM 2 nte ene s dtt dede 235 KIZ M MM 56 Compressed Mode Antenna Number TP P piieeiad 58 eebe eebe eebe 56 Constellation ASCI Trace export rr rre teretes 25 2 eaves eeii 63 attenuation Continuous Sweep sssssssssessssisessressressrinsereresrrnssns 71 109 Option EE 70 100 Correction Attenuation inherent TEE 101 Option E 69 100 coupling le E 69 100 default settings deett 108 Mahilal etiem terrent 69 99 222 Coupling Opiom E 69 99 Resolution bandwidth sssessssssss 103 Auto level Sweep tlme rrisin niet De eden vete 105 110 ek E 79 80 Video bandwidtli iicet teal Aves 104 Auto Peak detechor A 20 jede e 34 235 Autosearch CPICH Antenna Pattern M M ER qp aem aia 63 Average detector CPICH Code Nr Average trace mode sse 22 74 KEE egener 63 CPICH Mode B qoM E
156. e CDPower ANTenna on page 183 Synchronization Type Sync Scrambling Settings Enables synchronization with or without CPICH CPICH R amp S FSV K72 assumes that the CPICH control channel is present in the signal and attempts to synchronize to this channel If the signal does not contain CPICH synchronization fails Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 56 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mun MJ GPa PP es Code Domain Analyzer Measurements SCH R amp S FSV K72 synchronizes to the signal without assuming the pres ence of a CPICH This setting is required for measurements on test model 4 without CPICH While this setting can also be used with other channel configurations it should be noted that the probability of synchronization failure increases with the number of data channels Remote command SENSe CDPower STYPe on page 191 Scrambling Code Sync Scrambling Settings Enter the scrambling code The scrambling codes are used to distinguish between dif ferent base stations Each base station has its own scrambling code Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe DVALue on page 186 Format Hex Dec Sync Scrambling Settings Switch the display format of the scrambling codes between hexadecimal and decimal Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe DVALue on page 186 SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue on p
157. e Parameters lt Mode gt WRITe VIEW AVERage MAXHold MINHold BLANk RST WRITe for TRACe1 STATe OFF for TRACe2 3 4 5 6 For details on trace modes refer to chapter 5 2 4 Trace Mode Overview on page 21 Example INIT CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode SWE COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16 DISP TRAC3 MODE MAXH Switches on the calculation of the maximum peak for trace 3 INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 177 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands MG MED mua e U DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Manual operation See Clear Write on page 21 See Max Hold on page 21 See Min Hold on page 22 See Average on page 22 See View on page 22 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt STATe State This command switches on or off the display of the corresponding trace The other measurements are not aborted but continue running in the background Suffix n window For applications that do not have more than 1 measure ment window the suffix n is irrelevant t trace Parameters State ON OFF RST ON for TRACe1 OFF for TRACe2 to 6 Example DISP TRAC3 ON Manual operation See Blank on page 22 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe Range This
158. e WCDMA Manual operation See Auto All on page 79 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 192 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mum M UU J J A J3A au Q P Aen SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe ADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis LOWer Threshold This command defines a lower threshold the signal must drop below before the refer ence level is automatically adjusted when the Auto Level function is performed For more information see SENSe ADJust LEVel Parameters Threshold Range 0 to 200 RST 1dB Default unit dB Example SENS ADJ CONF HYST LOW 2 Example For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level falls below 18 dBm Manual operation See Lower Level Hysteresis on page 80 SENSe JADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis UPPer Threshold This command defines an upper threshold the signal must exceed before the reference level is automatically adjusted when the Auto Level function is performed For more information see SENSe ADJust LEVel Parameters Threshold Range 0 to 200 RST 1 dB Default unit dB Example SENS ADJ CONF HYST UPP 2 For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level rises above 22 dBm Manual operation See Upper Level Hysteresis on page 79 SE
159. e Manual Sweeptime Manual remote control Time Alignment Error remote control 134 Trace Mode remote control Trg Gate Source remote control 230 232 Tigger e E 55 73 Trigger Out a Video BW AUt6 EE 104 Video BW Manual seen 103 MI 22 74 Softkeys Lower Level Hysteresis AA Upper Level Hysteresis Span meris aad erre to eR Reed Special characters An split screen Ke M Standard DOMKOY M are 91 Start frequetnoy dee Ree atria 94 status display 2 nere este saat eet Aiden 36 Step size Center frequency ccccccceeeseeeeeeteeeteceeeeeeeeeeenaeeeteae 92 Stop MreQueNCY EE 94 supply voltage external noise source 80 112 sweep eos 71 111 Sweep Continue single SWEEP ccceeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeee 71 109 COMUNMUOUS RD 71 109 Single UI E Sweep Bu E Ae 108 Sweep time COUpIING T 105 110 Symbol Phase E 48 symbol rate sync search settings sesssssssssssseeeneeeene 55 Synchronization Type S E 56 T DEO ME iuo ep ice Et Time Alignment Error Measurement timing OSet EE Timing Offset d 59 Trace Clear WEB coser erp etras 21 73 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 245 Trace mode e 22 74 Ep ee
160. e analyzer In accord ance with the SCPI standard the keyword SENSe is optional which means that it is not necessary to include the SENSe node in command sequences Note that most commands in the SENSe subsystem are identical to the base unit only the commands specific to this option are described here 8 6 1 SENSe CDPower Subsystem sss eene nnne nnns 183 8 6 2 SENSe ADJust Gubsvestem nennen enne enne nennen 192 8 6 3 Other SENSe Commands Referenced in this Manual 194 8 6 3 1 SENSe BANDwidth subsvstem A 194 8 6 3 2 SENSe FREQuency subavstem nennen nennen 198 8 6 3 3 SENSe POWer SUDSYStOM nennen menn nne nnn nene 201 8 6 3 4 SENSe SWEep subsvstem eene emen 204 8 6 3 5 Other Commands in the SENSe Subsystem sss 207 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 182 SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 8 6 1 SENSe CDPower Subsystem This subsystem controls the parameters for the code domain mode The numeric suffix in SENSe lt source gt is not significant in this subsystem SENSe CDPower AN Tehifia i uc aces rere tnr ehe xn eeu pneu nain nude ek Ro bien e Rn haee ERAS 183 SENSe CDPawer ASEGURO 21 ecuenadte ke Meses aaa aaa a MT S aa E EDEN EA 184 ish i e Bine ded c ENEE REENEN has 184 SENSE CDPower CODE EE 184 SENSe CDPower FILTer S TATe nnne nennen nene rrr nh nnne nn nene 184 SENS CDPower E ETC 185 SENS amp JCDPowerHSDPamode a eerte rente enact
161. e cee eene eens eeneeteeeeeeeel 41 Composite EVM eesesseeeeneeenen 40 EVM vS GNP EP 46 Frequency Error vs Slot ssesssse 45 Peak Code Domain Error cccceeeeeseeseeseeeeneeeeees 41 Phase Discontinuity vs Slot Power vs Slot 97 41 Symbol Constellation eeeeseseeesess 42 Symbol EVM aigis serere tine ttn ar nte dedita 43 Symbol Magnitude Error 48 display range ree ETE HR 97 98 241 R amp S FSV K72 Index Display range Rice a E 52 67 92 pe EE 35 235 E Electronic input attenuation Ee eebe 227 EX IQ BOX ssssssssssesseeene ener nennen nnns nennt nnns 82 Dep E 83 Export Kee H export format external noise source c cccccccceceesteeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeees 80 112 F FFT Filter Mode PUNO CNMEP 106 111 Narrow 106 111 softkey 106 111 Filter types hore EE 23 EMI 6dB Normal 3dB B RRO cM 23 Filters o rM Selecting Types Format Hex Dec v cag ceases erat sans pac suey RE 57 Frame To Analyze frequency OMS E 52 67 94 stop Frequency CGI EE Frequency menu Frontend settings Full Scale Level Digital Baseband IQ remote control 225 Digital 1 Q Interface remote control 225 Digital IQ rere rmn 81 IR E
162. e firmware application will be appended to the channel type Data channels that do not have a type that can be fully recognized are of type CHAN Ch SF Number of channel spreading code 0 to spreading factor 1 Symbol Rate ksps Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted 7 5 ksps to 960 ksps Stat Status display Codes that are not assigned are marked as inactive channels TFCI Indication whether the data channel uses TFCI symbols PilotL Bits Number of pilot bits of the channel Pwr Abs dBm Pwr Rel dBm Indication of the absolute and relative channel power referred to the CPICH or the total power of the signal T Offs Chips Timing offset Offset between the start of the first slot of the channel and the start of the analyzed 3GPP FDD BTS frame A data channel is considered to be active if the required pilot symbols see 3GPP specification exception PICH are to be found at the end of each slot In addition the channel should have minimum power see Inactive Channel Threshold in Channel Detection Settings on page 57 In the R amp S FSV K72 the display configuration can be set to show quarter screens In such a case the channel table is reduced to Channel Code SF State and Power Abs Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC F ED XTIM CDP ERR CTAB see CALCulate lt n gt F I ED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRAC
163. e for the R amp S FSV 1307 9002Kxx models The maximum usable UO analysis bandwidth for these models is 28 MHz or with option R amp S FSV B70 40 MHz Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 9 R amp S FSV K72 Introduction 2 Introduction This section contains all information required for operation of an R amp S FSV equipped with application firmware R amp S FSV K72 It covers operation via menus and the remote control commands for the 3GPP FDD BTS base station test This part of the documentation consists of the following chapters e chapter 3 Setup for Base Station Tests on page 11 Describes the measurement setup for base station tests e chapter 4 SGPP FDD BTS Test Models on page 13 Gives an overview over the test models with different channel configurations e chapter 5 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements on page 15 Describes the instrument functions of 3GPP Base Station Measurements e chapter 6 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements on page 27 Contains a detailed description of the possible base station test measurements as a reference for manual operation This chapter also presents a list of remote con trol commands associated with each function chapter 7 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 on page 114 Explains some basic 3GPP FDD base station tests e chapter 8 Remote Control Commands on page 125 Describes all remote control commands defined for the code domain measure me
164. e lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISP WIND TRAC Y 50DB see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Range Log 10 dB Range Sets the level display range to 10 dB Remote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISP WIND TRAC Y 10DB see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Range Log 5 dB Range Sets the level display range to 5 dB Remote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISP WIND TRAC Y 5DB see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 97 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm 3 u RF Measurements Range Log 1 dB Range Sets the level display range to 1 dB Remote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISP WIND TRAC Y 1DB see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Range Log Manual Range Opens an edit dialog box to define the display range of a logarithmic level axis man ually Rem
165. e measured Timing offset Offset between the start of the first slot of a channel and the start of the analyzed 3GPP FDD BTS frame in multiples of 256 chips uem peu cL L c s U m Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 235 R amp S FSV K72 List of Commands List of Commands SENSe JADJUSUALL 4 irri rrr e ER Eder eee perdet ee WE ce e ee s rta saints 192 IGENZGe IAD Just COhNFiouration HG Teresiel OiWer nen eene 193 IGENZGe IAD Just COhNFouraton HG Terese Uber 193 IEN Ge IAD lust CONEoure L Eve DUbatton nennen nenne nrennnn 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation MODE nennen 194 SENSe ADJust F REQUerICy certo nen ri nn e ni rper rri e ep E re eae ned EE s genau nnda SENSe JADJUStLEV el EE IGENGe JAVEHRage nz OUNEN IEN Ge WVERaoe nzlGTAtecTracezl nensi tens enne sent nntn ent nns ste tnt sisi rnt enn SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo IEN Ge IDGANDwidtblDWwlDtb ViDeo AUTO SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio esent rennen nnns SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VID 0 TYPE nennen metre nnne nen trennen IEN Ge IDANDwidblDWIDODTRE Solution IEN Ge IDGANDwiblDWIDODTRE Solution AUTO IEN Ge IGANDwidtblDWIDOTRE Solution SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE essent nnne SENSe CDPOwer AN Fn eri ests rettet ria orae ee EP Vue es eee EE AE
166. e measurement next 20 sequences and waits for the end Manual operation See Continue Single Sweep on page 71 INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous lt State gt This command determines whether the trigger system is continuously initiated contin uous or performs single measurements single The sweep is started immediately Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 221 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands a aa r Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Example INIT CONT OFF Switches the sequence to single sweep INIT CONT ON Switches the sequence to continuous sweep Mode all Manual operation See Continuous Sweep on page 71 See Single Sweep on page 71 INITiate lt n gt ESPectrum This command starts a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Example INIT ESP Starts a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement INITiate lt n gt IMMediate The command initiates a new measurement sequence With sweep count gt 0 or average count gt 0 this means a restart of the indicated num ber of measurements With trace functions MAXHold MINHold and AVERage the pre vious results are reset on restarting the measurement In single sweep mode you can synchronize to the end of the measurement with OPC OPC or WAI In continuous sweep mode sy
167. e o sm TERRA 61 mNcIT P IUE 61 Eie ERE UU MUS 61 M iet o ee 61 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 49 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu J T m Code Domain Analyzer Measurements o MICH PIPER PETERE 61 LE TE 61 LEGIS NO S onda niea uM NI DE adn MM 61 L Restore Default Tables esses tette tn ttn ant tn tests teta han 61 DMO Settings EE 61 L Common Betteng uccisi nets rrete ecrit iSt FR SHE MAINS cR Dia d PE tI ci rdg 62 L Code Power Display 62 EE 62 L Power Reference eerte tne ti 62 L Power vs Slot Settinge tette te tatnen tntthsn tete sana 63 L Power Difference tenens 63 L Bitstream Seitlngs EE 63 Li simt Param B odes nice ra ten abs s t ws ove d d 63 L HSPA Senge esses nnt tatnen tnn nta stake anta adea dada t4 hp Ata tek 63 cati ee 63 L PIEN Coda EE 63 L S CPICH Antenna Pattem teens tn tntnte tates tttsrsn than 63 de pN aia 63 ES Play ee ECT 64 Select Channel SloE nte tpe etat bun a tt se repe nae ore gue bat Ute cd Fc ep ee roc To eroe 65 L Select e ET 65 D 7 NM 66 Settings Overview The Settings Overview softkey opens the Settings Overview dialog box that visual izes the data flow of the Code Domain Analyzer and summarizes the current settin
168. e on page 185 the values and number of the bits are as follows Unit D Value range 0 1 6 7 8 9 0 Low state of a transmitted bit 1 High state of a transmitted bit 6 Bit of a symbol of a suppressed slot of a DPCH in Compressed Mode DPCH CPRSD 7 Bit of a switched off symbol of an HS PDSCH channel 8 Fill value for unused bits of a lower order modulation symbol in a frame containing higher order modulation 9 Bit of a suppressed symbol of a DPCH e g TFCI off Bits per symbol NBitPersymb 2 4 6 Symbols per slot Nsymb Slot 10 2 8 Code Class Symbols per frame Ngymb_Frame 15 Ngymb_slot 150 2 8 Code Class Number of bits Ney a Nsymb_Frame NBitPerSymb_MAX Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 212 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mm G J s TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Format 16QAM Bit Bit Bits Bitos Bit Bit Bit Bitys Bitusymp Frame o Bitysymp Frame 1 BitNSymb_Frame 2 Bitusymp Frame 3 Format 64QAM Bitoo Bito Bitgo Bitos Bito4 Bitos Bit4o Bit 4 Bit Bits Bity4 Bitis Bitusymp Frame o Bitysymp Frame Bit usymp Frame 2 Bitusymp Frame 3 Bitysymb_Frame 4 Bitusymp Frame 5 The values 7 and 8 are only used in case of a varying modulation ty
169. e position of the reference level on the display grid When using a tracking generator only with option R amp S FSV B9 or B10 requires active normalization and in Bluetooth mode option R amp S FSV K8 this command defines the position of the reference value for all windows Suffix n Selects the measurement window lt t gt irrelevant Parameters lt Position gt 0 PCT corresponds to the lower display border 100 corre sponds to the upper display border Range 0 to 100 RST Spectrum mode 100 PCT with tracking generator or time display 50 PCT Default unit PCT Example DISP TRAC Y RPOS 50PCT Manual operation See Ref Value Position on page 68 See Ref Level Position on page 101 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 180 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands m M C P J C H O hn DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RVALue Value The command defines the power value assigned to the reference position in the grid When using a tracking generator this command requires active normalization Suffix n irrelevant t irrelevant Parameters Value RST 0 dB coupled to reference level Example DISP TRAC Y RVAL 20dBm Defines a reference position of 20 dBm Manual operation See Ref Value on page 68 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt
170. e power are not averaged here The trace is drawn using a histogram line algorithm i e only vertical and horizontal lines no diagonal linear Interpolation polygon interpolation Surfaces are NOT filled This measurement displays Power versus Symbol for one single channel and for one single slot Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 41 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 2 10 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP PVSY see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the power of each symbol at the selected slot is transferred The values indicate the difference to the reference power in dB The number of the symbols depends on the spreading factor of the selected channel NOFSymbols 10 2 9 CodeClass Symbol Constellation The Symbol Constellation measurement shows QPSK or BPSK modulated signals of the selected channel and the selected slot QPSK constellation points are located on the diagonals not x and y axis of the constellation diagram BPSK constellation points are always on the x axis If possible the display should use more than just 1 pixel per value as in the minimum case only 12 symbols are available This would improve the visibility Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM C
171. easured in zero span mode time domain using a digital channel filter of 5 MHz in bandwidth According to the 3GPP standard the measurement bandwidth 5 MHz is slightly larger than the minimum required bandwidth of 4 7 MHz The band width is displayed numerically below the screen CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 6 3 2 Spectrum Emission Mask The Spectrum Emission Mask measurement determines the power of the 3GPP FDD BTS signal in defined offsets from the carrier and compares the power values with a spectral mask specified by 3GPP This measurement is identical to the Spectrum Emission Mask measurements of the base system By entering the measurement the configuration to measure the 3GPP standard is loaded By default the Normal base station standard is used However you can switch to the Home base station standard using the Standard softkey The following user specific settings are not modified on the first access following pre setting e Reference Level Reference Level Offset e Center Frequency Frequency Offset e Input Attenuation Mixer Level e Alltrigger settings CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 6 3 3 Ch Power ACLR Selecting Ch Power ACLR activates the adjacent channel power measurement in the default setting according to 3GPP specifications adjacent channel leakage ratio The R amp S FSV measures the channel power and the relative power of the adjacent channels and o
172. eceived frame e Low signal to noise ratio SNR of the WCDMA signal e One or more code channels has a significantly lower power level compared to the total power The incorrect pilots are detected in these channels because of low channel SNR e One or more channels are sent with high power ramping In slots with low relative power to total power the pilot symbols might be detected incorrectly check the signal quality by using the symbol constellation display 6 to 14 Not used 15 This bit is always 0 8 8 TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory 8 8 1 Description of Channel Tvpes ee eren nnnm nens 209 8 8 2 TRACe DATA subsystem R amp S EGSVkKIO eene nnns 210 8 8 1 Description of Channel Types The following table describes the channel types and their abbreviations Channel type Description 0 DPCH Dedicated Physical Channel of a standard frame 1 PICH Paging Indication Channel e Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 209 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Channel type Description 2 CPICH Common Pilot Channel 3 PSCH Primary Synchronization Channel 4 SSCH Secondary Synchronization Channel 5 PCCPCH Primary Common Control Physical Channel 6 SCCPCH Secondary Common Control Physical Channel 7 HS SCCH HSDPA High
173. ect setting the effect of an incorrect setting is shown The following measurements are performed e chapter 7 2 Measurement 1 Measurement of the Signal Channel Power on page 115 e chapter 7 3 Measurement 2 Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask on page 116 e chapter 7 4 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power on page 117 e chapter 7 5 Measurement 4 Triggered Measurement of Relative Code Domain Power on page 119 e chapter 7 6 Measurement 5 Measurement of the Composite EVM on page 120 e chapter 7 7 Measurement 6 Measurement of Peak Code Domain Error on page 121 e chapter 7 8 Measurement 7 Measurement of the Trigger To Frame Time on page 122 The measurements are performed using the following units and accessories e The R amp S FSV with Application Firmware R amp S FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS base sta tion test e The Vector Signal Generator R amp S SMU with option R amp S SMU B45 digital stand ard 3GPP options R amp S SMU B20 and R amp S SMU B11 required e 1 coaxial cable 500 approx 1 m N connector e 1 coaxial cable 50Q approx 1 m BNC connector 7 1 Basic Settings in Code Domain Measurement Mode In the default mode after a PRESET the R amp S FSV is in the analyzer mode The follow ing default settings of the code domain measurement are activated provided that the code domain analyzer mode is selected Parameter Setting Digital standard W CDMA 3GPP FW
174. ectronic attenuation can no longer be defined individually As soon as the stop or center frequency is reduced below 7 GHz electronic attenuation is available again If the electronic attenuation was defined manually it must be re defined The attenuation can be varied in 1 dB steps from 0 to 30 dB Other entries are rounded to the next lower integer value To re open the edit dialog box for manual value definition select the Man mode again Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 100 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm mm P 4 H P J RF Measurements If the defined reference level cannot be set for the given RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly and the warning Limit reached is output Remote command INPut EATT AUTO on page 228 INPut EATT on page 227 Ref Level Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter the arithmetic level offset This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected unit The scaling of the y axis is changed accordingly The setting range is 200 dB in 0 1 dB steps Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet on page 180 Ref Level Position Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level position i e the position of the maximum AD converter value on the level
175. ed another is started immediately Remote command TRIG SOUR IMM see TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SOURce on page 232 Trigger Source External Defines triggering via a TTL signal at the EXT TRIG GATE IN input connector on the rear panel An edit dialog box is displayed to define the external trigger level Remote command TRIG SOUR EXT see TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SOURce on page 232 Trigger Polarity Sets the polarity of the trigger source The sweep starts after a positive or negative edge of the trigger signal The default set ting is Pos The setting applies to all modes with the exception of the Free Run and Time mode Pos Level triggering the sweep is stopped by the logic 0 signal and restarted by the logical 1 signal after the gate delay time has elapsed Neg Edge triggering the sweep is continued on a O to 1 transition for the gate length duration after the gate delay time has elapsed Remote command TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SLOPe on page 232 SENSe SWEep EGATe POLarity on page 205 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 72 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Trigger Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep offset gt 0 Start of the sweep is delayed offset lt 0 Sweep starts earlier pre trigger Only possib
176. ee 0 1 Span remote control 0 1 Demod BW K7 09A RBW rinena ai AE e sitte aweastend 0 5 RBW remote control 0 5 Span 0 5 Span remote control 0 5 Demod BW K7 EE ACLR Abs Rel remote control Adjust Ref Level remote control Adjust Settings remote control All Marker Off AMPEG ET APD remote control esenenn ASCII File Export remote control is Auto remote Control ssssseene rpm C N remote control C No remote control esseesss CCDE MC DE CCDF remote control CF Stepsize remote control Ch Power AGLR rette rnnt ente Channel Detection Settings Channel Spacing remote control Cont Meas remote control sesssse Continue Single Sweep remote control 221 222 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 R amp S FSV K72 Continuous Sweep remote control Coupling CC WEE CP ACP MC ACLR remote control m CPIC MEE TEE dBmv Edit ACLR Limit remote control 146 147 148 149 150 151 El Atten Mode Auto Man Fast ACLR On Off remote control NIC eh Filter Type remote control 195 196 Frequency Offset Full Span remote control sssssss Grid Abs Rel 1 rrr rrr Grid Abs Rel remote control D IF Output IF Vide
177. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 20 New Channel Table ccccccccssscceeeeeessseeeeeeeeessssteeeeees 57 noise COMECHOMN EE 101 Source external sssrinin ianei 80 112 Normalize qi T ae PH 62 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 242 R amp S FSV K72 Index O occupied bandwidth essssssssseseeeee 87 offset Te Une o 52 67 94 reference level isisisi itti 53 70 101 Offset WMO Q cT 55 73 Online help WOFKIng WI WEE 8 Options ESV B25 erosion etie 69 99 227 RF Preamplifier B22 sss 53 68 99 Overwrite mode ide ice rect eee tni dee Nee 21 73 P POCPCHI RTL 34 235 Peak Code Domain Error PEAKSEARCH BE 77 Ph Noise Auto Peak Search remote Cohtrol EE 140 PICH EE 35 235 Lilo e eege ege 36 polarity external trigger erinnerte edu 72 external trigger gate A 54 trigger edge Positive Peak detector sssesssssesseee 20 power Channel POWET iet corset er erect tetti tee Ae 86 Power Difference WC 2 lest 63 power measurement a power of 3GPP FDD BTS signal eeeeeeeeee 86 Power Reference KIZ cri re A NE Aa 62 Crelo EE 55 73 Preamplifier B22 mene 53 68 99 Predefined Tables ec M Rm 60 primary common control physical channel 235 PSCH ee 36 Q QquartetSCI GOD zac pi terras es deca emu dta Meade Eae ma tees 38 R R a
178. el is not active active channel is active If HS DPA UPA is set ON in the Channel Detection Settings Common Settings dialog box the channels of HSDPA will be found among the data channels If the type of a channel can be fully recognized as for example with a DPCH based on pilot sequences or HS PDSCH based on modulation type the type will be entered in the field TYPE All other channels without pilot symbols are of type CHAN The channels are in descending order according to symbol rates and within a symbol rate in ascending order according to the channel numbers There fore the unas signed codes are always to be found at the end of the table If the modulation type for a channel can vary the measured value of the modulation type will be appended to the type of the channel The following parameters of these channels are determined by the CDP measurement Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 35 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m cCOt4 C A a M Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Table 6 1 Parameters determined by the CDP measurement Chan Type Type of channel active channels only If the modulation type of a channel can vary HS PDSCH if HS DPA UPA is set ON in the Channel Detection Settings Common Settings dialog box the value of the modulation type measured by th
179. em R amp S FSV K72 SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE rehenes 203 SENSe POWer ACHannel SPACing ALTernate channel essen 203 SENSe POWer ACHannel TXCHannel COUNL e ecieecsisisisese eene ones e teas han nh sch adan 203 SENSE ee e lee TE 204 Ee e EE 204 SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs lt ChannelPairs gt This command sets the number of adjacent channels upper and lower channel in pairs The figure 0 stands for pure channel power measurement Parameters lt ChannelPairs gt 0 to 12 RST 1 Example POW ACH ACP 3 Sets the number of adjacent channels to 3 i e the adjacent channel and alternate adjacent channels 1 and 2 are switched on SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE lt Mode gt This command switches between absolute and relative adjacent channel measure ment The command is only available with span gt 0 and if the number of adjacent channels is greater than 0 For the relative measurement the reference value is set to the currently measured channel power using the command SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE Parameters lt Mode gt ABSolute RELative ABSolute absolute adjacent channel measurement RELative relative adjacent channel measurement RST RELative Example POW ACH MODE REL Sets the adjacent channel measurement mode to relative SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel This command adapts the reference level to the measured cha
180. emote control sss Select TT Select Trace remote control E S ltlirigs EEN Settings Overview ssssssssssseeeeeeet Single Meas remote control de Single Sweep remote control Span Martial Ate eee dae Span Manual remote control E Span RBW Auto 50 sseseees Span RBW Manual soesseeseeessesessssesessrrnsessrnesrsesee Spectrum Emission Mask Ep Start remote Control Start Frequency remote control s e EE Stop remote control sssssssesssss Stop Frequency remote control Sweep Count eieiei Sweep POoIhts 2 rt eH eh Seed e irn Sweep Points remote control Sweeptime Auto remote control Trace 1234 5 6 remote control Trace Mode remote control AL Trg Gate Polarity Pos Neg esee Trg Gate Polarity Pos Neg remote control 205 232 Trg Gate Source remote control 232 Trigger Holdoff remote control 231 Trigger Out Low High remote control 233 Trigger Polarity UNIE X M Unit remote control sssesssseeeesse Use Zoom Limits remote control Video BW Auto remote control 244 R amp S FSV K72 Index
181. entric 206 GE E En etti ttt ttt tta tat t t tata dabat tota tad 206 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 204 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands maa I CJ n A rQ IRR U UN IM SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe SWEep COUNt lt NumberSweeps gt This command defines the number of sweeps started with single sweep which are used for calculating the average or maximum value If the values 0 or 1 are set one sweep is performed Parameters lt NumberSweeps gt 0 to 32767 RST 0 GSM 200 PHN 1 Example SWE COUN 64 Sets the number of sweeps to 64 INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end Manual operation See Sweep Count on page 71 SENSe SWEep EGATe POLarity lt Polarity gt This command determines the polarity of the external gate signal The setting applies both to the edge of an edge triggered signal and the level of a level triggered signal Parameters lt Polarity gt POSitive NEGative RST POSitive Example SWE EGAT POL POS Manual operation See Trigger Polarity on page 72 SENSe SWEep POINts lt NumberPoints gt This command defines the number of measurement points to be collected during one sweep Note For Spurious Emissions measurements the maximum number of sweep points in all ranges is limited to 100001 Parameters lt NumberPoints gt R
182. ents 6 3 1 Output Power Measurements erem ener nnn nennen nnns 86 6 3 2 Spectrum Emission Mask ee esee ex etia Adelheid a 86 6 3 3 ee 86 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth itt re rie nates e bee ER Dead leni e d e e YR de SY E ERR ARRA de RE a 87 G35 CODE m 88 6 3 6 ARE Gotmbi ein ded detecte Pe dtl ia iode b dudes ded ou a Eod 89 6 3 7 Softkeys and Menus for RF Measurements KC 91 6 3 7 1 Softkeys of the MEAS MOnu iiicettacccce peer eth oce rna ce e eb cud e kdo e ea d dba da 91 6 3 7 2 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu 91 6 3 7 3 Softkeys of the Span Menu for RF Measurement ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaes 94 6 3 7 4 Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu ceeeeeesissseeeeeesee enne nennen nint 96 6 3 7 5 Softkeys of the Bandwidth Men 102 6 3 7 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu eeseesseieeciiee ee nee d denne anii tesa dna teda d dance 108 6 3 7 7 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for RF Measurements ren 112 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 85 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm Je RF Measurements 6 3 1 Output Power Measurements The R amp S FSV measures the unweighted RF signal power in a bandwidth of Saw 5MHz gt 1 a 3 84MHz a 0 22 The power is m
183. epT VIR EE ionene aee 206 CALCulate lt n gt CDPower Mapping 2 sssccccsececeeccctebescecasstecescsehsecebactedaesendcatdeepbantesecchedbsdbsephgaledecsthevedscease 138 CAlLCulate nz DEI Tamarker mz EUNGCionEl edRbOmt 139 CALCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y essere nnne 139 CAlLCulate nz DEI Tamarker mz FEUNGCionFixedtGTATel nen 140 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion PNOise AUTO 140 CAlLCulate nz DEL Tamarker mz FEUNGCionPhNOtselGTATel nnne 140 CALCulate nz DEI Tamarker mz LINK CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimuUM LEET CAlLCulate nz DEI Tamarker mz MAximum NENT CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimMuUM RIGHT eese enne e neret CAlCulate nz D I Tamarker mz MAZimumf PDEART nnne CAlLCulate nz DEI Tamarker mz MiNmmum LEET CAL Culate nz DEI Tamarker mz MiNmmumNENT eene ennt rnnt n nnne nnne CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum RIGHt a CAL Culate nz DEI Tamarker mz MiNmmumt PDEART enne nnne nnne nnns CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt TRACe een nnn nnn nnn sein nts s tnnnts set nt s etn s sentes enar CAL Culatesn DELTamarkersm X siete iaa hase ssa Rap dl oat aiaia eiae RAP OD piov A ania Ra Eege 145 CAL Culate nz DEI Tamarker cmz SREL ative nennen nennen nennen senes 145 CAL Culate n DEL Tamarker m o Y uec edite diee ga tire ke dade ge rapa Dc ue Aa cue pd a
184. er is modified using the rotary knob the red marking changes its position in the diagram only if the code number no longer belongs to the marked channel The step width of the changed rotary knob position refers to a spreading factor of 512 Remote command SENSe CDPower CODE on page 184 Select Slot Select Channel Slot Selects the slot for evaluation This affects the following result diagrams see also chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 Code Domain Power Peak Code Domain Error Result Summary Composite Constellation Code Domain Error Power Channel Table Power vs Symbol Symbol Const Symbol EVM Bitstream Remote command SENSe CDPower SLOT on page 191 6 1 4 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu for CDA measurements FREQ key R amp S FSV K72 The FREQ key opens a submenu to change the measurement frequency Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 66 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Some softkey functions are not available in CDP mode Refer to chapter 6 3 7 2 Soft keys of the Frequency Menu on page 91 for information on the other softkeys avail able for RF measurements 6 1 5 d E EEN 67 OF ODS LI 67 Ig IM OSET occai a aa aE a EEA E i EEA EASA 67 Center Opens an edit dialog box to enter the center frequency The allowed range of values for the center frequency depends on the frequency s
185. er to the next maximum left to the marker of the selected trace abs Sets the active marker delta marker to the next lower maximum of the selected trace gt Sets the active marker delta marker to the next maximum right to the marker of the selected trace Remote command CALC MARK MAX LEFT lt CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum LEFT on page 158 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum LEFT on page 141 CALC MARK MAX RIGH gt CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt on page 159 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt on page 142 CALC DELT MAX NEXT abs CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 158 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 142 CPICH The CPICH softkey sets the marker to the CPICH channel The softkey is only availa ble for R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CPICh on page 131 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 163 PCCPCH Sets the marker to the PCCPCH channel Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion PCCPch on page 132 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 163 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 77 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 11 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Min Sets the active marker delta marker to the minimum of the selected trace Remote c
186. eraging for a particular trace in a particular window on and off Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt Trace gt 1 6 Selects the trace Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example AVER OFF Switches off the average calculation for trace 1 AVER STAT3 ON Switches on the average calculation for trace 3 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 207 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands STATus QUEStionable subsystem R amp S FSV K72 8 7 STATus QUEStionable subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system for details refer to the description of remote control basics in the base unit RST does not influence the status registers The STATus QUEStionable subsystem contains information about the observance of limits during adjacent power measurements the reference and local oscillator the observance of limit lines and limit margins and possible overloads of the unit 8 7 1 STATus QUEStionable SYNC subsystem R amp S FSV K72 This register contains information on the error situation in the code domain power analysis of the R amp S FSV K72 option It can be queried with the following commands ag e luesen d e eeler KE 208 STATUus QUEStionable S YNOCDEVENtT gek rientrare aee tuti ERR 208 STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition This command reads the information on the error situation in the code domain power analysis Re
187. ermined EVM referenced to the total signal in a composite EVM measurement DPCH Dedicated physical channel data channel The data channels which can be sent at different transmission rates are automati cally recognized during the measurement Inactive channel threshold Minimum power that a single channel must have as compared to the total signal in order to be recognized as an active chan nel PCCPCH Primary common control physical channel spreading code number 1 at spreading factor 128 The channel is used for synchronizing the measurements For this reason it must be contained in the signal to be mea sured Peak code domain error In accordance with the 3GPP specifications the error between the test signal and the ideal reference signal is projected onto the classes of the different spreading factors in the case of a peak code domain measurement PICH Paging indication channel This special channel is defined in the test models to 3GPP for measurements on base station signals Since it does not con tain any pilot symbols it cannot automatically be recognized during measurement Therefore this channel must be deacti vated for CDP measurements SCH Synchronization channel divided into P SCH primary synchro nization channel and S SCH secondary synchronization channel The two channels are required for synchronizing the measure ment Therefore they must always be contained in the signal to b
188. eters State ON OFF RST OFF Example SENS CDP NORM ON Activates the elimination of the I Q offset Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 188 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands ee SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Normalize on page 62 SENSe CDPower PCONtrol lt Position gt This command determines the power control measurement position An enhanced channel search is used to consider the properties of compressed mode channels Parameters lt Position gt SLOT PILot SLOT The slot power is averaged from the beginning of the slot to the end of the slot PILot The slot power is averaged from the beginning of the pilot sym bols of the previous slot to the beginning of the pilot symbols of the current slot RST PILot Example SENS CDP PCON SLOT Switch to power averaging from slot start to the end of the slot An enhanced channel search is used to consider the properties of compressed mode channels SENS CDP PCON PIL Switch to power averaging from the pilot symbols of the previous slot number to the start of the pilots of the displayed slot num ber The channel search only considers standard channels Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Compressed Mode on page 58 SENSe CDPower PDIFf State This command activates or deactivates the slot power difference calculation of the POWER VERSUS SLOT display The slot power difference between the actual and
189. evel is switched off This function is not available if the R amp S Digital I Q Interface R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters Value RST 10 dB AUTO is set to ON Example INP ATT 30dB Sets the attenuation on the attenuator to 30 dB and switches off the coupling to the reference level Mode all Manual operation See RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual on page 69 INPut ATTenuation AUTO State This command automatically couples the input attenuation to the reference level state ON or switches the input attenuation to manual entry state OFF This function is not available if the R amp S Digital I Q Interface R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters State ON OFF RST ON Example INP ATT AUTO ON Couples the attenuation set on the attenuator to the reference level Manual operation See RF Atten Auto Mech Att Auto on page 69 INPut COUPling lt CouplingType gt Toggles the RF input of the R amp S FSV between AC and DC coupling This function is not available if the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters lt CouplingType gt AC DC RST AC Example INP COUP DC Manual operation See Input AC DC on page 70 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 223 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mam I n 2 qe RENNES Other Commands Referenced in this Manual INPut DIQ CDEVice This command queries the
190. evel values depends on the spreading factor Spreading factor Number of level values 512 5 256 10 64 40 32 80 16 160 8 320 4 640 6 1 2 12 Bitstream The Bitstream measurement displays the demodulated bits of a selected channel for a given slot Depending on the symbol rate the number of symbols within a slot can vary from 12 min to 384 max For QPSK modulation a symbol consists of 2 Bits I and Q For BPSK modulation a symbol consists of 1 Bit only used Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP BSTR see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the bit stream of one slot is transferred Each symbol contains two consecutive bits in the case of a QPSK modulated slot and 4 consecutive bits in the case of a 1GQAM modulated slot One value is transferred per Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 43 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements bit range 0 1 The number of symbols is not constant and may vary for each sweep Individual symbols in the bit stream may be invalid depending on the channel type and the bit rate symbols without power The assigned invalid bits are marked by on of the digits 6 7 or 9 If HS DPA UPA is disabled see Channel Detection Settings on page 57 or
191. ext Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum PEAK This command positions the delta marker to the current trace minimum The corre sponding delta marker is activated first if necessary Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 143 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT3 MIN Sets delta marker 3 to the minimum value of the associated trace CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum RIGHt This command positions the delta marker to the next higher trace minimum on the right of the current value i e ascending X values The corresponding delta marker is acti vated first if necessary If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT MIN RIGH Sets delta marker 1 to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value Manual operation See Next Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe State This command turns delta markers on and off If the corresponding marker was a normal marker it is turned into a delta marker No suffix at DELTamarker turns on delta marker 1 Suffix lt n gt
192. f span to RBW and RBW to VBW For details refer to the data sheet Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 109 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm P H Ia P JH ge RF Measurements Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible sweep time For rotary knob or UPARROW DNARROW key inputs the sweep time is adjusted in steps either downwards or upwards The manual input mode of the sweep time is indicated by a green bullet next to the SWT display in the channel bar If the selected sweep time is too short for the selected bandwidth and span level measurement errors will occur due to a too short settling time for the resolution or video filters In this case the R amp S FSV displays the error message UNCAL and marks the indicated sweep time with a red bullet This softkey is available for RF measurements but not for CCDF measurements Remote command SWE TIME AUTO OFF see SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page 206 SENSe SWEep TIME on page 205 Sweeptime Auto Couples the sweep time to the span video bandwidth VBW and resolution bandwidth RBW not available for zero span If you change the span resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth the sweep time is automatically adjusted The R amp S FSV always selects the shortest sweep time th
193. f the alternate channels The results are displayed below the screen The following user specific settings are not modified on the first access following pre setting e Reference Level Reference Level Offset e Center Frequency Frequency Offset e Input Attenuation Mixer Level e All trigger settings Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 86 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm P H Ia P JH ge RF Measurements Pressing the Ch Power ACLR softkey activates the analyzer mode with defined set tings CHAN PWR ACLR CP ACLR ON CP ACLR STANDARD W CDMA 3GPP FWD By default the Normal base station standard is used How ever you can switch to the Home base station standard using the Standard softkey CP ACLR CONFIG NO OF ADJ 2 CHAN To restore adapted measurement parameters the following level parameters are saved on exiting and are set again on re entering this measurement e Level parameters e RBW VBW e Sweep time e SPAN e NO OF ADJ CHANNELS e FAST ACLR MODUS For further details about the ACLR measurements refer to Measuring Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power in the base unit description CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement on page 170 Query of results CALCulate n MARKer cm FUNCtion POWer RESult on p
194. ference Common Settings Demod Settings Switch the power reference for the code domain power display mode between the total power and the power of the CPICH Remote command SENSe CDPower PREFerence on page 190 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 62 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu A X CCH iM Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Power vs Slot Settings Demod Settings These settings are required for the Power vs Slot evaluation Power Difference Power vs Slot Settings Demod Settings Selects the indication of the slot power difference between the actual slot and the pre vious slot To get the results it is necessary to activate the power versus slot measure ment in the result display see Display Config on page 64 Remote command SENSe CDPower PDIFf on page 189 Bitstream Settings Demod Settings These settings are required for Bitstream evaluation Const Param B lt Bitstream Settings Demod Settings Set the constellation parameter B According to 3GPP specification the mapping of 16QAM symbols to an assigned bit stream depends on the constellation parameter B This parameter can be adjusted to decide which bit mapping should be used for bit stream evaluation Remote command SENSe CDPower CPB on page 184 HSPA Settings Demod Settings These settings are required fo
195. fications The phase calculated for each slot is interpolated to both ends of the slot using the fre quency shift of that slot The difference between the phase interpolated for the begin ning of one slot and the end of the preceding slot is displayed as the phase discontinu ity of that slot Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP PSVSL see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 15 pairs of slot slot number of CPICH and values are transferred slot number gt value in deg Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 45 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 2 15 6 1 2 16 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements EVM vs Chip EVM vs Chip activates the Error Vector Magnitude EVM versus chip display The EVM is displayed for all chips of the slected slot The EVM is calculated by the root of the square difference of received signal and reference signal The reference signal is estimated from the channel configuration of all active channels The EVM is related to the square root of the mean power of reference signal and given in percent EVM e100 N 2560 xe 0 a7 1 where EVM vector error of the chip EVM of chip number k Sk complex chip value of received signal Xk complex chip value of reference signal k index number of the evalu
196. fined power class CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt COUNt lt NoPowerClasses gt This command sets the number of power classes to be defined Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant lt Class gt irrelevant Parameters lt NoPowerClasses gt 1 to4 RST 1 Example CALC LIM ESP PCL COUN 2 Two power classes can be defined CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt LIMit STATe State This command defines which limits are evaluated in the measurement Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt irrelevant lt Class gt 1 4 the power class to be evaluated Parameters lt State gt ABSolute RELative AND OR ABSolute Evaluates only limit lines with absolute power values RELative Evaluates only limit lines with relative power values AND Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values A negative result is returned if both limits fail OR Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values A negative result is returned if at least one limit failed RST REL Example CALC LIM ESP PCL LIM ABS Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 155 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ESPectrum PCLass lt Class gt MAXimum lt Level gt This command sets the upper limit level for one power class The unit is dBm The limit always ends at 200 dBm Le the
197. ftkeys of the Auto Set Menu AUTO SET Key R amp S FSV K72 on page 78 e chapter 6 1 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu for CDA Measurements SWEEP key R amp S FSV K72 on page 71 e chapter 6 1 7 Softkeys of the Trigger Menu TRIG key R amp S FSV K72 on page 72 e chapter 6 1 8 Softkeys of the Trace Menu for CDA Measurements TRACE key R amp S FSV K72 on page 73 e chapter 6 1 9 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K72 on page 75 e chapter 6 1 10 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR gt key R amp S FSV K72 on page 76 e chapter 6 1 12 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for CDA Measurements on page 80 The Span Bandwidth and Marker Function menus are disabled for measure ments in the CDA mode For all other measurements see root menu the settings are see eee eee Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 15 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements Measurements and Result Diagrams described together with the measurement The associated menu corresponds to that of the measurement in the base unit and is described in the manual for the base unit Importing and Exporting UO Data As of firmware version 1 60 I Q data can be imported from a file for processing in R amp S FSV K72 and captured I Q data can be stored to a file IQ Import IQ Export softkeys in the Save Rcl menu For details see the base unit description To display help to
198. g code Invert Q values are set incorrectly or the input signal is invalid Sync OK This message is displayed if synchronization is possible Incorrect pilot symbols This message is displayed if one or more of the received pilot symbols are not equal to the specified pilot symbols of the 3GPP standard Possible causes are e Incorrectly sent pilot symbols in the received frame e Low signal to noise ratio SNR of the WCDMA signal e One or more code channels have a significantly lower power level compared to the total power The incorrect pilots are detected in these channels because of low channel SNR e One or more channels are sent with high power ramping In slots with low relative power to total power the pilot symbols might be detected incorrectly check the signal quality by using the symbol constellation display Ss Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 234 R amp S FSV K72 Glossary 10 Glossary CPICH Common pilot channel spreading code number 0 at spreading factor 128 The channel constantly contains the symbol 1 1 through out the total length of the 3GPP FDD BTS frame For the measure ments the CPICH Primary CPICH is used for synchroniza tion For this reason the CPICH must be contained in the sig nal to be measured Composite EVM In accordance with the 3GPP specifications the squared error between the real and imaginary components of the test signal and an ideal reference signal is det
199. g ratio is the default setting of the R amp S FSV This setting takes effect if you define the resolution bandwidth automatically Res BW Auto Remote command BAND VID RAT 0 001 See SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio on page 197 Span RBW Manual Coupling Ratio Activates the manual input of the coupling ratio Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 107 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m Y P H M RF Measurements This setting takes effect if you define the resolution bandwidth automatically Res BW Auto The span resolution bandwidth ratio can be set in the range 1 to 10000 Remote command BAND RAT 0 1 see SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio on page 196 Default Coupling Coupling Ratio Sets all coupled functions to the default state AUTO In addition the ratio RBW VBW is set to SINE 1 1 and the ratio SPAN RBW to 100 Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO on page 195 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO on page 197 SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO on page 206 Filter Type Opens a submenu to select the filter type This softkey and its submenu are available for measuring the the Spectrum Emission Mask the Occupied Bandwidth and the CCDF Instead of opening a submenu this softkey opens t
200. ge zero span sweeptime see data sheet to 30 s span 0 to 30 s RST 0s Example TRIG HOLD 500us Manual operation See Trigger Offset on page 55 TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel EXTernal lt TriggerLevel gt This command sets the level of the external trigger source in Volt Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Range 0 5V to 3 5 V RST 1 4 V Example TRIG LEV 2V TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SLOPe Type This command selects the slope of the trigger signal The selected trigger slope applies to all trigger signal sources Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Type POSitive NEGative RST POSitive Example TRIG SLOP NEG Manual operation See Trg Gate Polarity on page 54 See Trigger Polarity on page 72 TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SOURce Source This command selects the trigger source For details on trigger modes refer to the Trg Gate Source softkey in the base unit description Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 232 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands manm R mM A Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Parameters Source IMMediate Free Run EXTern External trigger IFPower Power trigger at the second intermediate frequency RFPower Power trigger at the first inte
201. gs In addition the current settings can be changed via the Settings Overview dialog box To change the settings either use the rotary knob or the curser keys to change the focus to another button and press the ENTER key to open the corresponding dialog box To open the dialog boxes displayed in the Settings Overview dialog box you can also press the particular softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer submenu Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 50 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements maa PP a m p Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Settings Overview K72 H x Invert Q Off Center Frequency 3 5 GHz Frame to Analyze 0 Frequency Offset 0 0 Hz Capture Length 1 Sync Type CPICH Preamplifier Off Trigger Source Free Run Antenna Diversity Off Ref Level 10 0 dBm Trigger Polarity Positive Format Hex Ref Level Offset 0 0 dB Trigger Offset 0 0 s Scrambling Code 00 Descrambling Frontend IQ Capture Sync Search Despreading Channel Demodulation Display Detection Evaluation Configuration HS DPA UPA On Normalize Off Screen A Channel Table Search Mode Auto Code Power Relative Screen B Freq Error vs Slot Using Table Bees ConstParamB 0 Screen C Composite Const Compressed Mode Off Power Difference Off Screen D Channel Table Table Compare Off Power Reference CPICH Timing Offset Predef CPICH
202. gt Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MAX RIGH Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value to the right of the current value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum LEFT This command positions a marker to the next higher trace minimum on the left of the current value i e in descending X direction Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 159 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MIN Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace CALC MARK2 MIN LEFT Positions marker 2 to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT This command positions ae marker to the next higher trace minimum If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MIN Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of
203. he Sweep List dialog box to select the filter type when measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask The submenu contains the following softkeys e Normal 3 dB e CISPR 6 dB e MIL Std 6 dB Note that the 6 dB bandwidths are available only with option R amp S FSV K54 e Channel e RRC e 5 Pole not available for sweep type FFT For detailed information on filters see chapter 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 and chapter 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filters on page 23 Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE on page 196 6 3 7 6 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu The following table shows all softkeys available in the Sweep menu It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is provided in the corresponding softkey description CONNUS SWS Piss Em 109 SINJI SW DEE 109 Continue Singlo SS WEE EE 109 Sweeptime Manual is ved feces a fete Erden o EES i ker re ee rad eege aa teen eR E LEES 109 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 108 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mmu X J Q A f e RF Measurements eeh lU XL 110 D TON E EE 110 5 7 EK 110 D Ig M RT 111 DESEN 111 E224 1 vM
204. he R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description in the base unit In the External or IF Power trigger mode a common input signal is used for both trigger and gate Therefore changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay trig ger offset as well Remote command TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence HOLDoff TIME on page 231 Sync Scrambling Settings Opens the Descrambling Sync Search Settings dialog box Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 55 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements ma amc J ew M gegodae pems Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Descrambling Sync Search Settings x Antenna Settings Antenna Diversity g On off i Antenna Number 8 1 2 Sync Search Settings Des Typ SCH 8 CPICH Scrambling Code Settings Scrambling Code 00 Format Hex Es Dec Code Power Antenna Diversity Sync Scrambling Settings This option switches the antenna diversity mode on and off Remote command SENSe CDPower ANTenna on page 183 Antenna Number Sync Scrambling Settings This option switches between diversity antennas 1 and 2 Depending on the softkey settings R amp S FSV K72 synchronizes to the CPICH of antenna 1 or antenna 2 Remote command SENS
205. he RRC filter is implemented in the device under test DUT ON If an unfiltered WCDMA signal is received normal case the RRC fil ter should be used to get a correct signal demodulation Default set tings OFF If a filtered WCDMA signal is received the RRC filter should not be used to get a correct signal demodulation This is the case if the DUT filters the signal Remote command SENSe CDPower FILTer STATe on page 184 Frame To Analyze IQ Capture Settings Enter the Frame to analyze and to be displayed Remote command SENSe CDPower FRAMe LVALue on page 185 Capture Length IQ Capture Settings Enter the capture length amount of frames to record Remote command SENSe CDPower IQLength on page 186 Trigger Source External IQ Capture Settings Defines triggering via a TTL signal at the EXT TRIG GATE IN input connector on the rear panel An edit dialog box is displayed to define the external trigger level Remote command TRIG SOUR EXT see TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SOURce on page 232 Trigger Source Free Run IQ Capture Settings The start of a sweep is not triggered Once a measurement is completed another is started immediately Remote command TRIG SOUR IMM see TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SOURce on page 232 Trg Gate Polarity IQ Capture Settings Sets the polarity of the trigger gate source The sweep starts after a positive or negative edge of the trigger
206. he following sections all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed and then described in detail arranged according to the command subsystems The notation is adapted to the SCPI standard The SCPI conformity information is included in the individual description of the commands Individual Description The individual description contains the complete notation of the command An example for each command the RST value and the SCPI information are included as well The options and operating modes for which a command can be used are indicated by the following abbreviations Abbreviation Description A spectrum analysis A F spectrum analysis span gt 0 only frequency mode A T spectrum analysis zero span only time mode ADEMOD analog demodulation option R amp S FSV K7 BT Bluetooth option R amp S FSV K8 CDMA CDMA 2000 base station measurements option R amp S FSV K82 EVDO 1xEV DO base station analysis option R amp S FSV K84 GSM GSM Edge measurements option R amp S FSV K10 IQ IQ Analyzer mode OFDM WiMAX IEEE 802 16 OFDM measurements option R amp S FSV K93 OFDMA WiBro WiMAX IEEE 802 16e OFDMA WiBro measurements option R amp S FSV K93 NF Noise Figure measurements R amp S FSV K30 PHN Phase Noise measurements R amp S FSV K40 PSM Power Sensor measurements option R amp S FSV K9 SFM Stereo FM measurements optionR amp S FSV K7S SPECM
207. he input of the R amp S FSV b Connect the reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 120 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 pmm aa QJ Umi Y Measurement 6 Measurement of Peak Code Domain Error C Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV EXT TRIG GATE to the external trigger output on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU PRESET LEVEL 0 dBm FREQ 2 1175 GHz a Baseband b BGPP FDD BS c Test Setup d Test Model 1 32channels STATE ON 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV PRESET CENTER 2 1175 GHz REF 10 dBm MODE 3G FDD BTS TRIG EXTERN RESULTS COMPOSITE EVM MEAS CONFIG Result Diagrams Screen B Composite EVM 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The following is displayed e Screen A Code domain power of signal e Screen B Composite EVM EVM for total signal 7 7 Measurement 6 Measurement of Peak Code Domain Error The peak code domain error measurement is defined in the 3GPP specification for WCDMA signals An ideal reference signal is generated from the demodulated data The test signal and the reference sign
208. icates the data channels contained in the signal A data channel is any channel that does not have a predefined channel number and symbol rate There are different types of data channels which can be indicated by the entry in the column Chan Type DPCH The Dedicated Physical Channel is a data channel that contains pilot symbols The displayed channel type is DPCH Chan Type DPCH Status inactive channel is not active active channel is active and all pilot sym bols are correct pilotf channel is active but it contains incorrect pilot symbols HS PDSCH The High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel HSDPA does not contain any pilot symbols It is a channel type that is expected in code classes lower than 7 The modulation type of these channels can be varied depending on the selected slot Chan Type HSPDSCH QPSK QPSK modulated slot of an HS PDSCH channel HSPDSCH 16QAM 16QAM modulated slot of an HS PDSCH channel HSPDSCH NONE slot without power of an HS PDSCH channel Status inactive channel is not active active channel is active HS SSCH The High Speed Shared Control Channel HSDPA does not contain any pilot sym bols It is a channel type that is expected in code classes equal to or higher than 7 The modulation type should always be QPSK The channel does not contain any pilot symbols Chan Type CHAN QPSK modulated channel without any pilot symbols Status inactive chann
209. ile Export Format The data of the file header consist of three columns each separated by a semicolon parameter name numeric value basic unit The data section starts with the keyword Trace lt n gt lt n gt number of stored trace followed by the measured data in one or several columns depending on measurement which are also separated by a semico lon File contents header and data section Description Type FSV Instrument model Version 1 50 Date 01 Apr 2010 Firmware version Date of data set storage Screen A Instrument mode Points per Symbol 4 Points per symbol x Axis Start 13 sym Start value of the x axis x Axis Stop 135 sym Stop value of the x axis Ref value y axis 10 00 dBm Y axis reference value Ref value position 100 96 Y axis reference position Trace 1 Trace number Meas Result Result type Meas Signal Magnitude Result display Demodulator Offset QPSK Demodulation type TEE Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 25 Further Information File contents header and data section Description ResultMode Trace Result mode x unit sym Unit of the x axis y unit dBm Unit of the y axis Trace Mode Clear Write Trace mode Values 592 Number of results values List of results R amp S FSV K72 ments Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Configuration of 3GPP F
210. ilot length are measured by the appli cation The channel configuration is specified via the predefined channel table Example CONF WCDP CTAB TOFF MEAS Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Timing Offset on page 59 CONFigure WCDPower BTS STanDard Type Switches between Normal mode and Home BS Home Base Station mode for ACP and SEM measurements Switching this parameter changes the limits according to the specifications Parameters Type HOME NORMal HOME Home Base Station NORMal Normal mode RST NORMal Example CONF WCDP BTS STD HOME Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Standard on page 91 8 4 DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The DISPlay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as well as of measurement data on the display DISPlayPWWINDOWSnF STAT E 177 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACeE lt te MODE sc ccacetececcaeeadecedanadecaceasenedadesesasadadevanaediveenaanaecs 177 DISPlayEWINBowen TRAGest S TATe 2 cetero einer ENEE ER 178 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt k TRACe t Y SCALe necne erint t nnt nono 178 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe MODE eene 179 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe PDIVISION nnn 179 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel eeseseessseeeen ene 179 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet eeeeesessssesss
211. individually As soon as the stop or center frequency is reduced below 7 GHz electronic attenuation is available again If the electronic attenuation was defined manually it must be re defined The attenuation can be varied in 1 dB steps from 0 to 30 dB Other entries are rounded to the next lower integer value To re open the edit dialog box for manual value definition select the Man mode again If the defined reference level cannot be set for the given RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly and the warning Limit reached is output Remote command INPut EATT AUTO on page 228 INPut EATT on page 227 Ref Level Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter the arithmetic level offset This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected unit The scaling of the y axis is changed accordingly The setting range is 200 dB in 0 1 dB steps Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet on page 180 Input AC DC Toggles the RF input of the R amp S FSV between AC and DC coupling This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut COUPling on page 223 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 70 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m X OQ Q m JS IH Code Domain Analyzer Measurements
212. iption for the base unit Por a X N ty 79 e DE T LEURS 79 Aute Scrambling COGS Eden 79 curo p 79 B A501 EE 79 L EEN OT 79 L Upper Level Hysteresis tritt en tat cami 79 L Lower Level Hvsteresis esee tette tnnt tanen ttrsra tert ntr seen 80 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 78 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu X J4 u se Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Auto All Performs all automatic settings e Auto Level on page 79 e Auto Scrambling Code on page 79 Remote command SENSe ADJust ALL on page 192 Auto Level Defines the optimal reference level for the current measurement automatically The measurement time for automatic leveling can be defined using the Settings soft key Remote command SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 Auto Scrambling Code This softkey starts a calculation on the recorded signal with all scrambling codes The scrambling code that leads to the highest signal power is chosen as the new scram bling code Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe SEARch IMMediate on page 187 Settings Opens a submenu to define settings for automatic leveling Possible settings are e Meas Time Manual on page 79 e Meas Time Auto on page 79 Meas Time Manual lt Settings Opens
213. is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 but not if R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example INP EATT STAT ON Switches the electronic attenuator into the signal path INPut GAIN STATe State This command turns the 20 dB preamplifier on and off With option R amp S FSV B22 the preamplifier only has an effect below 7 GHz With option R amp S FSV B24 the amplifier applies to the entire frequency range This command is not available when using R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example INP GAIN STAT ON Turns the preamplifier on Manual operation See Preamp On Off on page 53 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 228 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mam P P S UE IQ R Other Commands Referenced in this Manual INPut IMPedance Impedance This command selects the nominal input impedance 75 Q should be selected if the 50 Q input impedance is transformed to a higher impe dance using a 75 Q adapter of the RAZ type 25 Q in series to the input impedance of the instrument The correction value in this case is 1 76 dB 10 log 750 500 This function is not available if the R amp S Digital I Q Interface R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters Impedance 50 75 RST 500 Example
214. isplay shows the test model again Note e The scrambling code setting of the analyzer must be identical to that of the measured signal 7 5 Measurement 4 Triggered Measurement of Relative Code Domain Power If the code domain power measurement is performed without external triggering a sec tion of approximately 20 ms of the test signal is recorded at an arbitrary moment to detect the start of a 3GPP FDD BTS frame in this section Depending on the position of the frame start the required computing time can be quite long Applying an external frame trigger can reduce the computing time 1 Test setup 8 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSV b Connect the reference input EXT REF IN OUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors C Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R amp S FSV EXT TRIG GATE to the external trigger output on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU See chapter 7 4 Measurement 3 Measurement of the Relative Code Domain Power on page 117 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 119 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 mm V Mo
215. ith the magnitude 1 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 225 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mam UI A Q mse HA nn Other Commands Referenced in this Manual It can be defined either in dBm or Volt see Full Scale Level on page 81 This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters Level numeric value Range 70 711 nV to 7 071 V RST 1V Example INP DIQ RANG 1V Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN Manual operation See Full Scale Level on page 81 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer UNIT Unit Defines the unit of the full scale level see Level Unit on page 81 The availability of units depends on the measurement application you are using This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital I Q Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters Level V dBm dBpW W dBmV dBuV dBuA A RST Volt Example INP DIQ RANG UNIT A Mode IQ VSA EVDO CDMA WCDMA GSM ADEMOD TDS Manual operation See Level Unit on page 81 INPut DIQ SRATe l
216. k Code Domain Error Channel Table EVM vs Chip Power vs Symbol C Mag Error vs Chip C Symbol Constellation Phase Error vs Chip Symbol EVM C Composite Constellation Bitstream Power vs Slot C Frequency Error vs Slot Symbol Magnitude Error Phase Discontinuity vs Slot C Symbol Phase Error The code domain analyzer can show up to four result diagrams in four different screens windows at one time For each screen you can define which type of result diagram is to be displayed or deactivate the screen temporarily The current configuration of the display i e which screens are displayed and which result diagram is displayed in which screen can be stored and retrieved later Thus you can easily switch between predefined display configurations For details see chapter 6 1 1 Display Concept on page 29 For a description of available display modes see chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 Select Channel Slot Opens a dialog box to select a channel and a slot Select Channel Slot x Common Settings Select Channel Select Slot Select Channel Select Channel Slot Selects a channel for the calculation of the result diagrams CDP PWR RELATIVE ABSOLUTE POWER VS SLOT SYMBOL CONST and SYMBOL EVM see also chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 There are two ways to enter the channel numbers Operating Manual 1176
217. l operation See S CPICH Code Nr on page 63 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 191 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe CDPower UCPich PATTern Pattern This command defines which pattern is used for signal analysis for the user defined CPICH OFF leads to a pattern selection according to the antenna selection 1 leads to the fixed usage of Pattern 1 and 2 leads to the fixed usage of Pattern 2 according to standard Parameters Pattern OFF 1 2 RST OFF Example SENS CDP UCP PATT 1 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See S CPICH Antenna Pattern on page 63 SENSe CDPower UCPich STATe State This command defines if the user defined CPICH settings are valid and shall be used for signal analysis Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example SENS CDP UCP ON Mode WCDMA Manual operation See CPICH Mode on page 63 8 6 2 SENSe ADJust Subsystem PENSE ADIs E EE 192 IGENZGelADlust CONEiouration HyGTeresls LOWer sss 193 SENSe ADJust CONFiguration HYSTeresis UPPer cessisse ener 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation ucc nonet nnne nnn 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure LEVel DURation MODE eese 194 SENSe ADJS FREQUENCY UT REENEN KEREN 194 sihi M PHUdi M E 194 SENSe ADJust ALL This command activates all automatic settings e Level e Scrambling code Example ADJ ALL Mod
218. lass 0 2 4 8 16 symbols lt active flag gt Flag to indicate whether a channel is active 0 channel not active 1 channel active channel type Channel type indication 0 16 For a description of the channel types see chapter 8 8 1 Description of Channel Types on page 209 modulation type Modulation type of the code channel at the selected channel slot The channel slot can be marked by adjusting SELECT CPICH slot 2 4 15 2 QPSK Modulation type QPSK 4 16QAM Modulation type 16QAM 15 NONE There is no power in the selected channel slot slot is switched OFF According to 3GPP the power of an HSDPA channel can be switched every 2 ms i e 3 slots reserved for future use Example TRAC DATA CWCDp Returns a list of channel information for each channel in ascend ing order Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 215 TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 TRACe lt n gt DATA FINAL 1 This command returns the peak list For each peak the following results are given Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Result gt lt freq1 gt lt level1 gt delta level 1 gt lt freq2 gt lt level2 gt delta level 2 gt lt freq n gt lt level n gt lt delta level n gt Example TRAC2 DATA FINALL Returns a list of peak values Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA LIST This command returns the
219. ld use an external reference frequency for frequency measurements on base stations For instance a rubidium frequency standard may be used as a ref erence source If the base station is provided with a trigger output connect this output to the rear trigger input of the analyzer EXT TRIG GATE Presetting Enter external attenuation REF LVL OFFSET Enter reference level Enter center frequency Set the trigger Select standard and measurement Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 12 R amp S FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS Test Models 4 3GPP FDD BTS Test Models For measurements on base station signals in line with 3GPP test models with different channel configurations are specified in the document Base station conformance test ing FDD 3GPP TS 25 141 V5 7 0 An overview of the test models is provided in this chapter Table 4 1 Test model 1 Channel type Number of chan Power Level dB Spreading Timing offset nels code x256Tchip PCCPCH SCH 1 10 10 1 0 Primary CPICH 1 10 10 0 0 PICH 1 1 6 18 16 120 SCCPCH SF 256 1 1 6 18 3 0 DPCH SF 128 16 32 64 76 8 see TS see TS 25 141 see TS 25 141 total 25 141 Table 4 2 Test model 2 Channel type Number of chan Power Level dB Spreading Timing offset nels code x256T chip PCCPCH SCH 1 10 10 1 0 Primary CPICH 1 10 10 0 0 PICH 1 5 13 16 120 SCCPCH SF 256 1 5 13 3
220. le for span 0 e g UO Analyzer mode and gated trigger switched off Maximum allowed range limited by the sweep time pretriggerna sweep time When using the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 with UO Ana lyzer mode the maximum range is limited by the number of pretrigger samples See the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description in the base unit In the External or IF Power trigger mode a common input signal is used for both trigger and gate Therefore changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay trig ger offset as well Remote command TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence HOLDoff TIME on page 231 Softkeys of the Trace Menu for CDA Measurements TRACE key R amp S FSV K72 The TRACE key is used to configure the data acquisition for measurement and the analysis of the measurement data The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the Trace menu in 3GPP Base Station Measurement Mode for Code Domain Analysis measurements For RF measurements see the description for the base unit Glear VY EE 73 MaX EBON EE 74 MIM HOI BEE 74 DUI EE 74 EE 74 Clear Write Overwrite mode the trace is overwritten by each sweep This is the default setting All available detectors can be selected Remote command DISP TRAC MODE WRIT see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 73 R amp S FSV K72 C
221. lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT MAX RIGH Sets delta marker 1 to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the current value Manual operation See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next higher trace minimum on the left of the current value i e descending X values The corresponding delta marker is acti vated first if necessary If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT MIN LEFT Sets delta marker 1 to the next higher minimum to the left of the current value Manual operation See Next Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum NEXT This command positions the delta marker to the next higher trace minimum The corre sponding delta marker is activated first if necessary If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT2 MIN NEXT Sets delta marker 2 to the next higher minimum value Manual operation See Next Min on page 78 See N
222. lysis used to determine the time offset between the signals of both antennas of a base station The measurement can be activated in the MEAS menu The settings for time alignment measurements are the same as for CDA measure ments although some settings may not be available For a description see chap ter 6 1 3 Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer R amp S FSV K72 on page 49 The result is displayed numerically on the screen a graphical result is not available Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 16 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements sss SSS a a R aa Further Information For details on Time Alignment Error Measurements see chapter 6 2 Time Alignment Error Measurement on page 84 5 1 3 RF measurements The RF Measurement option provides the following test measurement types and result displays e Output Power see chapter 6 3 1 Output Power Measurements on page 86 e Spectrum Emission Mask see chapter 6 3 2 Spectrum Emission Mask on page 86 e Adjacent Channel Power see chapter 6 3 3 Ch Power ACLR on page 86 e Occupied Bandwidth see chapter 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth on page 87 e CCDF see chapter 6 3 5 CCDF on page 88 e RF Combi see chapter 6 3 6 RF Combi on page 89 All these measurements are accessed via the MEAS key Measurement menu Some parameters are set automatically according to the 3GPP standard A list of these parameters is given with e
223. manually after the change OFF No noise correction is performed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 101 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm M A H J J w RF Measurements AUTO Noise correction is performed After a parameter change noise cor rection is restarted automatically and a new correction measurement is performed Remote command SENSe POWer NCORrection on page 204 Input AC DC Toggles the RF input of the R amp S FSV between AC and DC coupling This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut COUPling on page 223 Input 50 0 75 Q Uses 50 Q or 75 Q as reference impedance for the measured levels Default setting is 50 Q The setting 75 O should be selected if the 50 O input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Q adapter of the RAZ type 25 Q in series to the input impedance of the instrument The correction value in this case is 1 76 dB 10 log 75 Q 50 Q All levels specified in this Operating Manual refer to the default setting of the instru ment 50 Q This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut IMPedance on page 229 6 3 7 5 Softkeys of the Bandwidth Menu The
224. ment b Above a frequency error of 1 kHz the probability of impaired synchronization increases With continuous measurements all channels are at times displayed in blue with almost the same level C Above a frequency error of approx 2 kHz a CDP measurement cannot be per formed The R amp S FSV displays all possible codes in blue with a similar level gt Settings on the R amp S SMU Set the signal generator center frequency to 2 1175 GHz again FREQ 2 1175 GHz Note o The analyzer center frequency should not differ from the DUT frequency by more than 2 kHz Setting Behaviour with Incorrect Scrambling Code A valid CDP measurement can be carried out only if the scrambling code set on the analyzer is identical to that of the transmitted signal Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 118 R amp S FSV K72 Measurement Examples R amp S FSV K72 mema M J A M m s st Measurement 4 Triggered Measurement of Relative Code Domain Power 1 Test setup SELECT BS MS BS 1 ON SCRAMBLING CODE 0001 The scrambling code is set to 0000 on the analyzer 2 Settings on the R amp S SMU The CDP display shows all possible codes with approximately the same level 3 Settings on the R amp S FSV Set scrambling code to new value MEAS CONFIG Sync Scrambling Settings Scrambling Code 01 4 Measurement on the R amp S FSV The CDP d
225. mp S Digital UO Interface B17 81 224 R amp S Support SOMMCY pe 83 reference level Curl o 53 70 101 Reference level ccccccccessceceeesssssseeeeeeeeseesteeees 52 68 96 Reference Level Digital e HE Resolution bandwidth RF Preamplifier B22 2 RFSignal POWET Em RMS VBW 21 104 EAR TEE 20 RRG E 54 Nm 184 RX Settings STRENG e E 83 S Sample Ee E 20 Sample rate Digital UO Interface remote control 226 227 pncsosme 81 scaling ALIE rc 101 SCEPC MEC 34 cio H a 235 SCPI Conformity information seeeseeesses 126 Scrambling Code q 57 Scrambling Codes V 57 search MUTTER 78 nro 77 Select Channel TE 65 Select Slot To p 66 settings Settings Overview RI 50 Signal Source VQ AnaNZ r ee 81 Remote control SS uc M 80 softkey of Adj Chan remote control ssss 202 of Samples remote control 166 of TX Chan remote control ssse 203 Center Marker 0 1 RBW 0 1 RBW remote control N
226. ms are described in ch Mt 8 Jrement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 For more information on the display configuration see the description of the Display Config on page 64 softkey Measurement settings The most important measurement settings are displayed in the diagram header For Code Domain Analyzer measurements the following settings are shown Label Description Ref level Reference level defined in Ref Level on page 52 Att Attenuation Freq Center frequency defined in Center on page 52 Channel Channel with spreading factor CPICH Slot CPICH slot Power Demod Settings on page 61 Code Power Display and Power Reference e g Relative to Total i e relative to all channels SymbRate Symbol rate of the current channel Operating Manual 1 176 7584 02 02 30 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Overview of all measurement settings You can easily display an overview of all measurement settings using the Settings Overview on page 50 softkey In addition to the information in the diagram header each screen title contains dia gram specific trace information Screen focus One of the screens has a blue frame indicating the focus The screen focus can be changed just like in the base system The settings for trace statistics and markers can only be changed for the focussed screen F
227. mum The cor responding delta marker is activated first if necessary If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT2 MAX NEXT Sets delta marker 2 to the next smaller maximum value Manual operation See Next Peak on page 77 See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum PEAK This command positions the delta marker to the current trace maximum If necessary the corresponding delta marker is activated first Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT3 MAX Sets delta marker 3 to the maximum value of the associated trace CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller trace maximum on the right of the current value i e ascending X values The corresponding delta marker is activated first if necessary If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 142 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window
228. n RF Measurements 0 1 RBW span gt 0 CF Stepsize Sets the step size for the center frequency to 10 of the resolution bandwidth This is the default setting Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK RBW see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 10PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor on page 200 0 5 Span span gt 0 CF Stepsize Sets the step size for the center frequency to 50 of the span Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 50PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor on page 200 0 5 RBW span gt 0 CF Stepsize Sets the step size for the center frequency to 50 of the resolution bandwidth Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK RBW see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 50PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor on page 200 x Span span gt 0 CF Stepsize Opens an edit dialog box to set the step size for the center frequency as a percentage of the span Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 20PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on
229. n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower STATe lt State gt This command switches on and off the limit check for adjacent channel power meas urements The commands CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe or CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt Channel gt RELative STATe must be used in addition to specify whether the limit check is to be performed for the upper lower adjacent channel or for the alternate adjacent channels Suffix n Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on the ACLR limit check CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt FAIL This command queries the result of a limit check Note that for SEM measurements the limit line suffix lt k gt is irrelevant as only one spe cific SEM limit line is checked for the currently relevant power class Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 152 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 4 3 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt k gt limit line Return values lt Result gt 0 PASS 1 FAIL Example INIT WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end CALC LIM3 FAIL Queries the result of the
230. n of the Marker menu in the base unit for information on the other softkeys available for RF measurements Markers are not available for the following result diagrams e Result Summary e Channel Table In all other result diagrams up to four markers can be activated and they can be defined as a marker or delta marker using the Marker Norm Delta softkey Makr RUD E 75 Marker Norm DOR Eee tete re tere eer eee Eee eee eee eee e ete ege ks 76 Marker ZOO oe naaa terere ecce tede ee e anexo eut eee danas Sonn su doc ee eda qeu ce oie deep n Ma e a 76 ZUDNISIKOE EE 76 Marker 1 2 3 4 Selects the corresponding marker and activates it Marker 1 is always a normal marker After Marker 2 to 4 have been switched on they are delta markers that are referenced to Marker 1 These markers can be converted into markers with absolute value displays using the Marker Norm Delta softkey When Marker 1 is the active marker pressing the Marker Norm Delta softkey Switches on an additional delta marker Pressing the Marker 1 to Marker 4 softkey again switches the corresponding marker off Remote command CALCulate n MARKer m STATe on page 161 CALCulate n MARKercm X on page 162 CALCulate n MARKercm Y on page 163 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe on page 144 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X on page 145 D D CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X RELative on
231. name to be deleted CONF WCDP CTAB DEL Deletes the table Mode WCDMA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME Name This command selects an existing channel table or creates the name of a new channel table file Parameters Name file name RST RECENT Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Mode WCDMA CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect lt FileName gt This command selects a predefined channel table file Before using this command the RECENT channel table must be switched on first with the command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe on page 171 Parameters lt FileName gt RST RECENT Example CONF WCDP CTAB ON Switches the channel table on CONF WCDP CTAB SEL CTAB 1 Selects the predefined channel table CTAB 1 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Channel Search Mode on page 59 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle TOFFset Mode This command specifies whether the timing offset and pilot length are measured or if the values are taken from the predefined table Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 175 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands manm D J n Qr ee DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters Mode PRED MEAS PRED The timing offset and pilot length values from the predefined table are used MEAS The timing offset and the p
232. nchronization to the end of the mea surement is not possible Thus it is not recommended that you use continuous sweep mode in remote control as results like trace data or markers are only valid after a sin gle sweep end synchronization Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps Mode all INPut ATTenuation lt Value gt This command programs the input attenuator To protect the input mixer against dam age from overloads the setting 0 dB can be obtained by entering numerals not by using the DOWN command Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 222 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mm J G Other Commands Referenced in this Manual The attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps with option R amp S FSV B25 1 dB steps If the defined reference level cannot be set for the set RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly In the default state with Spectrum mode the attenuation set on the step attenuator is coupled to the reference level of the instrument If the attenuation is programmed directly the coupling to the reference l
233. nd determines the grid spacing on the Y axis for all diagrams where possible Suffix n irrelevant t irrelevant Parameters Value numeric value the unit depends on the result display RST depends on the result display Example DISP TRAC Y PDIV 10 Sets the grid spacing to 10 units for example 10 dB in the Code Domain Power result display Mode CDMA BT EVDO TDS WCDMA Manual operation See Y per Div on page 68 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel lt ReferenceLevel gt This command defines the reference level With the reference level offset 0 the value range of the reference level is modified by the offset Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 179 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands DISPlay subsystem R amp S FSV K72 lt t gt irrelevant Parameters lt ReferenceLevel gt The unit is variable Range see datasheet RST 10dBm Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV 60dBm Manual operation See Ref Level on page 52 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet Value This command defines a reference level offset Suffix n irrelevant t irrelevant Parameters Value Range 200 to 200 RST 0 Default unit dB Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV OFFS 10dB Manual operation See Ref Level Offset on page 53 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RPOSition Position This command defines th
234. nd reference level see below can be changed without impact on the displayed trace The fact that the displayed trace no longer matches the current instrument setting is indicated by the icon on the tab label If the level range or reference level is changed the R amp S FSV automatically adapts the measured data to the changed display range This allows an amplitude zoom to be made after the measurement in order to show details of the trace Remote command DISP TRAC MODE VIEW see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 Blank Hides the selected trace Remote command DISP TRAC OFF see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt STATe on page 178 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 22 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements Further Information 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type All resolution bandwidths are realized with digital filters The video filters are responsible for smoothing the displayed trace Using video band widths that are small compared to the resolution bandwidth only the signal average is displayed and noise peaks and pulsed signals are repressed If pulsed signals are to be measured it is advisable to use a video bandwidth that is large compared to the resolution bandwidth VBW 10 x RBW for the amplitudes of pulses to be measured correctly The following filter types are available e Normal 3dB Gaussian filters The Ga
235. ne ennt 181 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t STATe sessi neenrennneenre ener it ense en rre e nennen 178 eeler TEE 220 INIiTiatesns ee EE INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous INItiatesn gt Lu INItiatesn gt IMMediate E INPUGAT RES TRIUE el aaa a e a a aE aa a dE a aaa ASA INPUCATTenuatiom AUTO EE lei Deel Allee E INPUE DIO IC DEV e INPUtCDIQ RANGE AUTO EE INPut DIQ RANGe GCOUPlitig 2 11er aaro Deren etia aada aaea adai i ecco engaged 225 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer 2 INPut DIQ RANGeO LUPPer UNIT iita ie tt etat eases tette e aee ae gane ker Te rete pente tae pera expe tk ee ehe eene 226 INPUEDIQISRAT eerte dre ttt dri rettet ds deanna etal e nea ee ls 226 INPUEDIO SRATOAW LO i 227 ly lioc gg 227 INPUEEATT AUTO 4 avro mete e Etre eet nee eo p eee cre dra Sele vested neat Dr e oA eue 228 INPUDEAT TiS HR NI 228 l ie RRE 228 INPut IMPadariC8 aide rp cnet rat ecce ed rex roe edle dra ta cete od eine 229 INPut SELect ES INS TrumentiNS Ee T eed 182 INS Tune eet ci irit eret rares eet AER Eegen ea ea vielen iene 182 l ile eae cg 229 MMEMory STORe Cat e 230 OO ee Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 239 R amp S FSV K72 List of Commands mm um
236. nel 3 HS SCCH HSDPA High Speed Shared Control Channel 4 HS PDSCH HSDPA High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel 5 CHAN any other QPSK modulated channel without pilot symbols 10 CPRSD Dedicated Physical Channel DPCH in compressed mode 11 CPR TPC DPCH in compressed mode TPC symbols are sent in the first slot of the gap 12 CPR SF 2 DPCH in compressed mode using half spreading fac tor SF 2 13 CPR SF 2 TPC DPCH in compressed mode using half spread ing factor SF 2 TPC symbols are sent in the first slot of the gap 14 E HICH Enhanced HARQ Hybrid Acknowledgement Indicator Channel E RGCH Enhanced Relative Grant Channel 15 EAGCH E AGCH Enhanced Absolute Grant Channel 16 SCPICH Secondary Common Pilot Channel Status 0 not active 1 active lt CDPRelative gt for queries CDP relative value for settings any value Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME MEN TAB Defines the channel table name CONF WCDP CTAB DATA 9 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 8 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 7 1 0 256 8 0 1 0 00 Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 174 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete This command deletes the selected channel table The channel table to be deleted is selected with the command CoNFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 175 Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Defines the channel table
237. nic attenuation If necessary the command also turns the electronic attenuator on This command is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 but not if R amp S FSV B17 is active The attenuation can be varied in 1 dB steps from 0 to 25 dB Other entries are rounded to the next lower integer value If the defined reference level cannot be set for the given RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly and the warning Limit reached is output Parameters lt Attenuation gt 0 25 RST 0 dB OFF Example INP1 EATT 10 dB Mode all Manual operation See El Atten Mode Auto Man on page 70 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 227 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands maa JI O nU Other Commands Referenced in this Manual INPut EATT AUTO State This command switches the automatic behaviour of the electronic attenuator on or off If activated electronic attenuation is used to reduce the operation of the mechanical attenuation whenever possible This command is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 but not if R amp S FSV B17 is active Parameters State ON OFF RST ON Example INP1 EATT AUTO OFF Mode all Manual operation See El Atten On Off on page 69 See El Atten Mode Auto Man on page 70 INPut EATT STATe State This command turns the electronic attenuator on or off This command
238. nnected R amp S EX IQ BOX and a submenu to access the main settings quickly Note The EX IQ Box functionality is not supported for R amp S FSV models 1321 3008Kxx If the optional R amp S DiglConf software is installed the submenu consists only of one key to access the software Note that R amp S DiglConf requires a USB connection not LAN from the R amp S FSV to the R amp S EX IQ BOX in addition to the R amp S Digi tal UO Interface connection R amp S DiglConf version 2 10 or higher is required For typical applications of the R amp S EX IQ BOX see also the description of the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 in the base unit manual For details on configuration see the R amp SGEx UO Box External Signal Interface Mod ule Manual For details on installation and operation of the R amp S DiglConf software see the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SGDiglConf Software Operating Man ual Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 82 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m HE E RM CPC H H nq e Code Domain Analyzer Measurements TX Settings EXIQ Opens the EX IQ BOX Settings dialog box to configure the R amp S FSV for digital out put to a connected device Transmitter Type RX Settings EXIQ Opens the EX IQ BOX Settings dialog box to configure the R amp S FSV for digital input from a c
239. nnel power and if required switches on previously the adjacent channel power measurement This ensures that the signal path of the instrument is not overloaded Since the measure ment bandwidth is significantly smaller than the signal bandwidth in channel power measurements the signal path can be overloaded although the trace is still signifi cantly below the reference level If the measured channel power equals the reference level the signal path is not overloaded Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 202 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mMcCKRE S P AJ U Mgn JJ MM SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with WAI OPC or OPC to the end of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted Example POW ACH PRES RLEV WAI Adapts the reference level to the measured channel power SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE This command sets the reference value to the currently measured channel power for the relative measurement Example POW ACH REF AUTO ONCE SENSe POWer ACHannel SPACing ALTernate channel lt Spacing gt This command defines the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX channel ALT1 ALT2 A modification of a higher adjacent channel spacing cau ses a change by the same factor new spacing value old spacing value in all higher adj
240. ns Chapter 5 Basic Operations Chapter 6 Basic Measurement Examples Chapter 7 Brief Introduction to Remote Control Appendix Printer Interface Appendix LAN Interface Operating Manuals The Operating Manuals are a supplement to the Quick Start Guide Operating Manuals are provided for the base unit and each additional software option The Operating Manual for the base unit provides basic information on operating the R amp S FSV in general and the Spectrum mode in particular Furthermore the software options that enhance the basic functionality for various measurement modes are described here The set of measurement examples in the Quick Start Guide is expan ded by more advanced measurement examples In addition to the brief introduction to remote control in the Quick Start Guide a description of the basic analyzer commands and programming examples is given Information on maintenance instrument interfa ces and error messages is also provided Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 5 R amp S FSV K72 Preface m YY ururW C C Qt Documentation Overview In the individual option manuals the specific instrument functions of the option are described in detail For additional information on default settings and parameters refer to the data sheets Basic information on operating the R amp S FSV is not included in the
241. nstellation t rte ee teh erae deese ae baee nee E e dE 41 Power ul e EE 41 VU sel Me Ee EE 42 Symbol EV M iine ie eter ee tei o e a ENEE ee S 43 elc T 43 Frequency Error vs Slot uc eed eed ete tet idee eb eae eed 45 Phase Discontinuity vs Slot acute ecd poe de tbe sa A 45 EVM KE DE 46 Mag Error VS Chip niit eee eet FE e P dei eade E 46 Phase Error vs Chip ice eerie the ete eerta Cane EN ere hae Ed eta 47 Symbol Magnitude EFtFOr 2 rete resa e teda nei e ek nea ene 48 Symbol PHASE gro cssvetssectieiesd ee eceade eda ENEE TAE 48 Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer R amp S FSV K72 sss 49 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 28 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 5 6 1 6 6 1 7 6 1 8 6 1 9 6 1 10 6 1 11 6 1 12 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Softkeys of the Frequency Menu for CDA measurements FREQ key R amp S FSV K72 de 66 Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu AMPT key R amp S FSV K72 sees 67 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu for CDA Measurements SWEEP key R amp S FSV K72 2 71 Softkeys of the Trigger Menu TRIG key R amp S FSV K72 eese 72 Softkeys of the Trace Menu for CDA Measurements TRACE key R amp S FSV K72
242. nt An alphabetic list of all remote control commands are provided at the end of this document e chapter 9 Error Messages on page 234 Contains device specific error messages for R amp S FSV K72 e chapter 10 Glossary on page 235 Contains an explanation of terms related to measured quantities of the code domain measurement This part of the documentation includes only functions of the application firmware R amp S FSV K72 For all other descriptions please refer to the description of the base unit at the beginning of the documentation Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 10 R amp S FSV K72 Setup for Base Station Tests 3 Setup for Base Station Tests Risk of instrument damage Before switching on the instrument make sure that the following conditions are met e Instrument covers are in place and all fasteners are tightened e Allfan openings are unobstructed and the airflow perforations are unimpeded The minimum distance from the wall is 10 cm e The instrument is dry and shows no sign of condensation e The instrument is operated in the horizontal position on an even surface e The ambient temperature does not exceed the range specified in the data sheet e Signal levels at the input connectors are all within the specified ranges e Signal outputs are correctly connected and are not overloaded Failure to meet these conditions may cause damage to the instrument or other devices in the test setup This section des
243. nt menus for the RF measurements are identical to the base unit However for SEM and ACLR measurements an additional softkey is available to select the required standard Standard Switches between Normal mode and Home BS Home Base Station mode Switching this parameter changes the limits according to the specifications Remote command CONFigure WCDPower BTS STanDard on page 176 6 3 7 2 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the Frequency menu It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 91 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m T C J ne RF Measurements only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is provided in the corresponding softkey description e 92 OF EES E ELE 92 kt p Ya retain sil amo tradu lv ded 92 LO TRIBU Ebert priore re eti ask e net dona 93 L 4 5 Span Span gt EN 93 LER Span Dy ie eco eem th ded acaso arp ASH setup 93 KEE 93 L ucc Ea MERE EM 93 Weeer Eet 94 VE C 94 E 0D EE 94 Ee 94 p 94 FREQUCICY OSCE LEE 94 Center Opens an edit dialog box to enter the center frequency The allowed range of values fo
244. ntenna consist of three amplitudes 1 0 1 per dimension in the case of QPSK x QPSK and seven amplitudes 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 per dimension in the case of 16 QAM x 16 QAM The symbol decisions of these constellations can be retrieved via the bitstream output The mapping between bits and constellation points is given by the following table Table 6 4 Mapping between bits and constellation points for MIMO QPSK Constellation point normalized Bit sequence 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 For MIMO 16QAM the bit sequence is the same in both and Q Only one dimension is given here Table 6 5 Mapping between bits and constellation points for MIMO 16QAM Constellation point normalized Bit sequence 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 Remote command SENSe CDPower MIMO on page 188 Display Config Opens the Display Configuration dialog box in which you can define how the mea surement results are displayed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 64 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Display Configuration H X Screen lv Screen A active Result Diagram for Screen A Code Domain Power Result Summary C Composite EVM RMS Code Domain Error Power Pea
245. nts mma Hmc n ynnrn ums Code Domain Analyzer Measurements xi Predef Channel Table Predefined Channel Table Settings Channel Search Mode Predef 8 Auto Channel Table Compare On Off Timing Offset 6 Predef Meas Predefined Tables RECENT TEST TABLE 1 TEST TABLE 2 TEST TABLE 3 TEST TABLE 4 TEST TABLE 5 TEST TABLE 510 ENTRIES Description Measurement data Channel Search Mode Predef Channel Table tab Channel Detection Set tings Defines the channel search mode Predefined Searches in predefined channel tables Auto Channels are detected automatically Remote command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe on page 171 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 175 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 175 Channel Table Compare Predef Channel Table tab Channel Detection Set tings If enabled the R amp S FSV K72 uses predefined tables and not the standard mode for comparison Remote command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMPare on page 172 Timing Offset Predef Channel Table tab Channel Detection Settings Defines the timing offset Predefined The R amp S FSV K72 uses a timing offset from a predefined table MEAS The measurement values are used Remote command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle TOFFset on page 175 Operating Man
246. o remote control 233 Input 50 Q 75 Q remote control 229 Last Span Limit Chk On Off remote control Limits On Off remote Control Link Mrk1 and Delta1 remote control 2 EIN Manual remote control sseesessss Marker 1 remote control Marker 1 to 4 remote control 145 161 162 Marker 2 remote control sssssssssss Marker 3 remote control A Marker 4 remote control s es Marker Norm Delta sssesseeeeeee Marker Norm Delta remote control 4 Marker to Trace remote control Marker ZOOM 5 5 terret r rn Meas Start Stop remote control Meas Time Auto eere Meas Time Manual n se Min Min remote control sssssessssss mune M Next Min remote control E Next Min Mode abs ssseeenee KE e Next Peak remote control 141 142 143 144 158 159 161 Next Peak Mode su eere rir tren nins Noise Correction Noise org 5 nere terme re rrt Noise Src On Off remote control 220 OBW remote control Ge PCGCPGH eege eege deet ee Peak remote control Ph Noise On Off remote control 140 Ph Noise Ref Fixed remote control 140 Power E R amp
247. o obtain the best mea surement results Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution FFT on page 195 Narrow FFT Filter Mode Sweep Type For an RBW lt 10kHz the FFT filters with the smaller partial span are used This allows you to perform measurements near a carrier with a reduced reference level due to a narrower analog prefilter Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution FFT on page 195 Coupling Ratio Opens a submenu to select the coupling ratios for functions coupled to the bandwidth This softkey and its submenu is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Spectrum Emission Mask the Occupied Bandwidth and the CCDF RBW VBW Sine 1 1 Coupling Ratio Sets the following coupling ratio video bandwidth resolution bandwidth This is the default setting for the coupling ratio resolution bandwidth video bandwidth This is the coupling ratio recommended if sinusoidal signals are to be measured This setting takes effect if you define the video bandwidth automatically Video BW Auto Remote command BAND VID RAT 1 see SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio on page 197 RBW VBW Pulse 1 Coupling Ratio Sets the following coupling ratio Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 106 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m T au J
248. o slot the result power may differ between different slots Detected channels are displayed yellow The code channel which is defined via Select Channel is marked red The codes where no channel could be detected are displayed cyan If some of the DPCH channels contain incorrect pilot symbols these channels are marked with the color green and a message INCORRECT PILOT is displayed in the status bar If HS DPA UPA is enabled in the Channel Detection Settings dialog box see Chan nel Detection Settings on page 57 channels without pilot symbols e g channels of type HS PDSCH are recognized as active Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XPOW CDP see chapter 8 2 1 CALCulate FEED subsystem on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 5 values are transmitted for each chan nel Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 33 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m HE ex Code Domain Analyzer Measurements e the code class e the channel number e the absolute level e the relative level e the timing offset The code class defines the spreading factor of the channel Class 9 corresponds to the highest spreading factor 512 symbol rate 7 5 ksps class 2 to the lowest admissible spreading factor 4 symb
249. of the results of the error vector magnitude mea surement The measurement provides information on the EVM of the channel marked red in the CDP diagram in the slot marked red of the power versus slot diagram at the symbol level RCDE Relative Code Domain Error for the complete frame of the selected channel Result data for remote query SCPI command na pecu P cup RC PJ c e M M Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 39 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m X AA I Code Domain Analyzer Measurements CALC FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMM see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried the results of the RESULT SUMMARY are output in the following order lt composite EVM gt peak CDE dB gt lt carr freq error Hz gt lt chip rate error ppm gt lt total power dB gt lt trg to frame us lt EVM peak channel gt lt EVM mean channel gt lt code class gt lt channel number gt lt power abs channel dB gt lt power rel channel dB referenced to CPICH or total power gt lt timing offset chips gt lt I Q offset gt Q imbalance gt 6 1 2 6 Composite EVM RMS The Composite EVM meas
250. ol rate 960 ksps The channels are output in ascending order sorted by code number i e in the same sequence they are displayed on screen 6 1 2 2 Channel Table The Code Domain Channel Table display mode selects the display of the channel assignment table The channel assignment table can contain a maximum of 512 entries corresponding to the 512 codes that can be assigned within the class of spreading factor 512 The upper part of the table indicates the channels that have to be available in the sig nal to be analyzed CPICH The Common Pilot Channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of CPICH synchronization It is expected at code class 8 and code number 0 PSCH The Primary Synchronization Channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of SCH synchroniza tion It is a nonorthogonal channel Only the power of this chan nel is determined SSCH The Secondary Synchronization Channel is a nonorthogonal channel Only the power of this channel is determined PCCPCH The Primary Common Control Physical Channel is also used to synchronize the sig nal in the case of SCH synchronization It is expected at code class 8 and code num ber 1 SCCPCH The Secondary Common Control Physical Channel is a QPSK modulated channel without any pilot symbols In the 3GPP test models this channel can be found in code class 8 and code number 3 However the code class and code number need not to be fixed and can vary
251. ommand CALCulate n MARKer m MINimum PEAK on page 160 Next Min Sets the active marker delta marker to the next minimum of the selected trace Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 160 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 143 Next Min Mode Sets the mode for the Next Min softkey Three settings are available lt Sets the active marker delta marker to the next minimum left to the marker of the selected trace abs Sets the active marker delta marker to the next higher minimum of the selected trace gt Sets the active marker delta marker to the next minimum right to the marker of the selected trace Remote command CALC MARK MIN LEFT gt CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum LEFT on page 159 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum LEFT on page 143 CALC MARK MIN RIGH gt CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt on page 161 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum RIGHt on page 144 CALC MARK MIN NEXT abs CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 160 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 143 2 Softkeys of the Auto Set Menu AUTO SET Key R amp S FSV K72 The AUTOSET key opens a menu to configure automatic settings The following softkey functions are available for CDA measurements For RF measurements see the descr
252. on Settings Restores the predefined channel tables delivered with the instrument Demod Settings Opens the Demodulation Settings dialog box This dialog box contains settings for demodulation and specific evaluation modes display configuration Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 61 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Demodulation Evaluation Settings E3 Common Settings Code Power Disp Absolute 6 Relative Normalize On e otf Power Reference Total CPICH Power vs Slot Settings Power Difference On e ott Bitstream Settings Const Param B 0 HSPA Settings CPICH Mode P CPICH S CPICH S CPICHCodeNr OD 1 11 1 1 S CPICH C Pattern 1 Antenna Pattern 8 Pattern 2 MIMO On otf Close Common Settings Demod Settings These settings are required for all evaluation modes Code Power Display Common Settings Demod Settings Switches between showing the absolute power or the power relative to the chosen ref erence This parameter only affects the display mode Code Domain Power Remote command SENSe CDPower PDIsplay on page 190 Normalize Common Settings Demod Settings Change the elimination of the DC offset If enabled the DC offset is eliminated Other wise the DC offset is not eliminated Remote command SENSe CDPower NORMalize on page 188 Power Re
253. on channel SCH synchronization channel divided into P SCH primary synchro nization channel and S SCH secondary synchronization channel 5 2 2 Channels of the Code Domain Channel Table and Their Usage The channel assignment table contains the following data channels Channel Description CPICH The common pilot channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of CPICH synchronization It is expected at code class 8 and code number 0 PSCH The primary synchronization channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of SCH synchronization It is a non orthogonal channel Only the power of this channel is determined SSCH The secondary synchronization channel is a non orthogonal channel Only the power of this channel is determined PCCPCH The primary common control physical channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of SCH synchronization It is expected at code class 8 and code number 1 TEE Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 18 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements Further Information Channel Description SCCPCH The secondary common control physical channel is a QPSK modulated channel without any pilot symbols In the 3GPP test models this channel can be found in code class 8 and code number 3 However the code class and code number need not to be fixed and can vary For this rea son the following rules are used to indic
254. onfiguration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m E SK S uum Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Max Hold The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed The R amp S FSV saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one The detector is automatically set to Positive Peak This mode is especially useful with modulated or pulsed signals The signal spectrum is filled up upon each sweep until all signal components are detected in a kind of enve lope This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE MAXH See DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed The R amp S FSV saves the smallest of the previously stored currently measured values in the trace memory The detector is automatically set to Negative Peak This mode is useful e g for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal visi ble Noise interference signals or modulated signals are suppressed whereas a CW signal is recognized by its constant level This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE MINH See DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t MODE on page 177 Average The average is formed over several s
255. onnected device Receiver Type Send To EXIQ The configuration settings defined in the dialog box are transferred to the R amp S EX IQ BOX Firmware Update EXIQ If a firmware update for the R amp S EX IQ BOX is delivered with the R amp S FSV firmware this function is available In this case when you select the softkey the firmware update is performed R amp S Support EXIQ Stores useful information for troubleshooting in case of errors This data is stored in the C R_S Instr user Support directory on the instru ment If you contact the Rohde amp Schwarz support to get help for a certain problem send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster DiglConf EXIQ Starts the optional R amp S DiglConf application This softkey is only available if the optional software is installed To return to the R amp S FSV application press any key on the front panel The applica tion is displayed with the EXIQ menu regardless of which key was pressed For details on the R amp S DiglConf application see the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Inter face Module R amp SGDiglConf Software Operating Manual Note If you close the R amp S DiglConf window using the Close icon the window is minimized not closed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 83 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m E II a
256. option are described here 8 2 1 CALCulate FEED subsvsiem eee nennen enne 129 8 2 2 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion subsvetem eem 131 8 2 3 Other CALCulate Commande 138 8 2 4 Other CALCulate Commands Referenced in this Manual 138 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 128 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 8 2 4 1 CALCulate DELTamarker subsvstem eene 138 8 2 4 CALCulate LIMit aubsvstem eene 146 8 2 4 8 CALCulate LIMit ESPectrum subsvsiem eene 153 8 2 4 4 CALCulate MARKer subsvstem eem eene enne nnns 157 8 2 4 5 CALCulate PSE subesvstem mene mereri 164 8 2 4 6 CALCulate STATistics subevestem nee 165 8 2 4 7 Other Referenced CALCulate Commande sese 169 8 2 1 CALCulate FEED subsystem The CALCulate FEED subsystem selects the result display for the different screens in the code domain analyzer This corresponds to the result display selection in manual operation e Bei ip E EE 129 CALCulate lt n gt FEED lt Evaluation gt This command selects the evaluation mode for the different screens For a description of the evaluation modes see chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 Suffix lt n gt window Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 129 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt Evaluation gt XPOW CDP XPOW CDP ABSolute XPOW CDP RATio XPOW CDP OVERview XPOWer CDEP
257. or TRACE lt t gt Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 217 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands DESEN TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Return values Result lt class channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset or I Q mapping pilot length Comma separated list with six values for each channel the pilot length is specified in symbols For details on the other result information see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 Example TRAC DATA PWCDp Returns a list of channel information including the pilot length Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA TPVSlot This command returns a list of absolute frequency errors vs slot for all slots In contrast to the scope presentation and the TRACE lt t gt parameter return value absolute values are returned Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Result gt lt slot number gt lt level value in dBm gt Comma separated list with 16 pairs of slots slot number of CPICH and level values for 16 slots Default unit Hz Example CALC2 FEED XTIM CDP PVSLot ABSolute Sets the result display for screen B to POWER VS SLOT TRAC2 DATA TPVSlot Returns a list of absolute frequency errors for all slots in trace 2 screen B Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE lt t gt This command returns the trace data De
258. or details on the correlation between resolution bandwidth and filter type refer to chapter 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible bandwidth For rotary knob or UP DNARROW key inputs the bandwidth is adjusted in steps either upwards or down wards The manual input mode of the resolution bandwidth is indicated by a green bullet next to the RBW display in the channel bar This softkey is available for all RF measurements except for Power measurements Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO on page 195 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution on page 195 Res BW Auto Couples the resolution bandwidth to the selected span for span gt 0 If you change the span the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted This setting is recommended if you need the ideal resolution bandwidth in relation to a particular span This softkey is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Occupied Bandwidth and the CCDF Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO on page 195 Video BW Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the video bandwidth The available video bandwidths are specified in the data sheet Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible bandwidth For rotary knob or UP DOWN key inputs the bandwidth is adjusted in steps either upwards or down wards Operating Manual 1176 7584 0
259. or the fixed reference marker at the end of a sweep on and off Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT FUNC PNO AUTO ON Activates an automatic peak search for the reference marker in a phase noise measurement CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe lt State gt This command turns the phase noise measurement at the delta marker position on and off Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 140 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The correction values for the bandwidth and the log amplifier are taken into account in the measurement The reference marker for phase noise measurements is either a normal marker or a fixed reference If necessary the command turns on the reference marker A fixed reference point can be modified with the CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X and CALCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y commands independent of the position of marker 1 and of a trace Suffix n Selects the measurement window m irrelevant Note marker 2 is always the deltamarker for phase noise mea surement results Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT FUNC PNO ON Switches on the phase noise measurement with all delta mark ers CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128 MHZ Sets the fre
260. or this mode is queried 4 values are transmitted for each chan nel with code class 9 code class Highest code class of a downlink signal always set to 9 CCQ code number Code number of the evaluated CC9 channel 0 511 CDEP Code domain error power value of the CC9 channel in dB channel flag Indicates whether the CC9 channel belongs to an assigned code channel 0b00 0d0 CC9 is inactive 0b01 0d1 CC9 channel belongs to an active code channel 0b11 0d3 CC9 channel belongs to an active code channel sent pilot symbols are incorrect The channels are sorted by code number 6 1 2 4 Power vs Slot The Power vs Slot display mode displays the average power of a given channel over all slots The power is measured relative to the power of the pilot channel inside the slot Therefore the unit is dB For Antenna OFF or Antenna No 1 the PICH channel is used as reference For Antenna No 2 the TDPICH channel is used The channel width Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 37 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements Code Domain Analyzer Measurements width of the bars depends on the IQ capture length The bars have all the same width and use the complete range of the x axis Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC F X T ED XTIM CDP PVSL see CALCulate lt n gt F TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt ED on page 129 When the trace da
261. ormed No of Active Chan Indicates the number of active channels detected in the signal in the selected slot Both the detected data channels and the control chan nels are considered active channels Carrier Freq Error Displays the frequency error relative to the center frequency of the analyzer The absolute frequency error is the sum of the analyzer and DUT frequency error The specified value is averaged via one slot the frequency offset of the slot selected under SELECT CPICH SLOT applies The maximum frequency error that can be compensated is specified in the table below as a function of the sync mode Transmitter and receiver should be synchronized as far as possible SYNC mode ANTENNA DIV Max Freq Offset Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 38 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu U H e IP P Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Trigger to Frame This result displays the time difference between the beginning of the recorded signal section to the start of the analyzed 3GPP FDD BTS frame In the case of triggered data collection this difference is identical with the time difference of frame trigger trigger offset frame start If synchronization of the analyzer and W CDMA signal fails the value of Trigger to Frame is not significant IQ Imbalance UO
262. ote command Logarithmic scaling DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG see DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SPACing on page 181 Display range DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe on page 178 Range Linear Range Selects linear scaling for the level axis in 9o The grid is divided into decadal sections Markers are displayed in the selected unit Unit softkey Delta markers are displayed in 9o referenced to the voltage value at the position of marker 1 This is the default set ting for linear scaling Remote command DISP TRAC Y SPAC LIN see DISPlay WINDowcn TRACe t Y SPACing on page 181 Range Lin Unit Range Selects linear scaling in dB for the level display range i e the horizontal lines are labeled in dB Markers are displayed in the selected unit Unit softkey Delta markers are displayed in dB referenced to the power value at the position of marker 1 Remote command DISP TRAC Y SPAC LDB see DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SPACing on page 181 Unit Opens the Unit submenu to select the unit for the level axis The default setting is dBm If a transducer is switched on the softkey is not available Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 98 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mm P H Ia P JH ge RF Measurements
263. ower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 8 3 CONFigure WCDPower subsystem R amp S FSV K72 This subsystem comprises the commands for configuring the code domain power measurements Only the numeric suffix 1 is permissible in CONFigure CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement nennen nnne 170 CONFloure WCDbowert BTGtCTAbBiet STATE nnne nnn 171 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle CATalog cessisse nna 171 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMMent esses ene 171 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMPare eese nnne nna 172 CONFigure WCDPowerLBTSECTABle COPY hetero de urn are gar nr hada 173 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DATA eessseseenene nennen nennen enne nnns 173 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete ee iiiar nnn na 175 CONFloure WCDbowert BTGICTAbBleNAME entente nnns nnns nnne 175 CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect essen 175 CONFigure WCDPowerLBTS CTABle TOPPFSelt cdd ene ttti texte he eux uana 175 CONFigure WCDPower BTSJ STanbDAard EIERE ctt itte eot eere FR vede 176 CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement Type This command selects the type of 3GPP FDD BTS base station tests Parameters Type ACLR ESPectrum WCDPower POWer OBANdwith CCDF RFCombi TAERror ACLR Adjacent channel power measurement standard 3GPP WCDMA Forward with predefined settings ESPectrum Measurement of spectrum emission mask WCDPower
264. page 187 Return values Return value Code decimal gt lt Code hexadecimal gt lt CPICH power dBm gt for each detected scrambling code A comma separated result table of the highest power values and the corresponding scrambling codes in decimal and hexadeci mal format Example SENS CDP LCOD SEAR LIST Result 16 0x10 18 04 32 0x20 22 87 48 0x30 27 62 64 0x40 29 46 Explanation in table below Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 187 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Scrambling Codes on page 57 code dec code hex CPICH power dBm 16 0x10 18 04 32 0x20 22 87 48 0x30 27 62 64 0x40 29 46 SENSe CDPower MAPPing lt SignalComponent gt This command switches between and Q component of the signal Parameters lt SignalComponent gt Q RST Q Example CDP MAPP Q Mode CDMA WCDMA SENSe CDPower MIMO lt State gt Activates or deactivates single antenna MIMO measurement mode Channels that have modulation type MIMO QPSK or MIMO 16QAM are only recog nized as active channels if this setting is ON For details see MIMO on page 63 Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example SENS CDP MIMO ON Mode WCDMA Manual operation See MIMO on page 63 SENSe CDPower NORMalize State This command switches elimination of I Q offset on or off Param
265. pan span gt 0 SPAN min 2 E fcenter E fmax SC spanqi 2 span 0 0 Hz lt fcenter s fmax fmax and span i are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 199 CF Stepsize Opens an edit dialog box to enter a fixed step size for the center frequency The step size defines the value by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when the arrow keys are pressed When you use the rotary knob the cen ter frequency changes in steps of 10 of the Center Frequency Stepsize This softkey is available for code domain and power vs time measurements Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP on page 199 Frequency Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter a frequency offset that shifts the displayed frequency range by the specified offset The softkey indicates the current frequency offset The allowed values range from 100 GHz to 100 GHz The default setting is 0 Hz Remote command SENSe FREQuency OFFSet on page 200 Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu AMPT key R amp S FSV K72 The AMPT key opens a submenu to set the level Some softkey functions are not available in CDP mode Refer to the description of the AMPT key in the base unit for information on the other softkeys available for RF meas urements The following options are available in the submenu Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 67 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS
266. pe of an HS PDSCH channel In this case the number of bits per symbol NBitPerSymb varies as well However the length of the transmitted bit vector NBit depends only on the maxi mum number of bits per symbol in that frame Thus if the modulation type changes throughout the frame this will not influence the number of bits being transmitted Example 1 Some slots of the frame are 64QAM modulated other are 16QAM and QPSK modula ted and some are switched OFF NONE If one or more slots of the frame are 64QAM modulated six bits per symbol are transmitted and if the highest modulation order is 16QAM four bits per symbol are transmitted In any slot of the frame with lower order modulation the first two or four of the four or six bits are marked by the number 8 and the last bits represent the transmitted Remote Control Commands symbol If no power is transmitted in a slot four or six entries per symbol of value 7 are transmitted Example 2 Some slots of the frame are QPSK modulated and some are switched OFF If one or more slots of the frame are QPSK modulated and no slot is 16QAM modulated 2 bits per symbol are transmitted If no power is transmitted in a slot 2 entries per symbol of value 7 are transmitted Example 3 Some slots of a DPCH are suppressed because of compressed mode transmittion The bits of the suppressed slots are marked by the digit 6 In this case always 2 bits per symbol are transmitted Suffix n 1
267. peak list of the spectrum emission mask measurement list evaluation see also CALCulate lt n gt PEAKsearch PSEarch AUTO on page 164 Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Return values Result No Start Stop lt Rbw gt lt Freq gt lt Levelabs gt Level rel Delta lt Limitcheck gt lt unused1 gt lt unused2 gt An array of values is returned for each range of the limit line lt value array of range 1 gt lt value array of range 2 value array of range n gt No number of the limit line range Start Hz start frequency of the limit line range Stop Hz stop frequency of the limit line range Rbw Hz resolution band width of the limit line range Freq Hz frequency of the power peak with in the range Levelabs dBm absolute power of the peak with in the range Levelrel dB relative power of the peak with in the range related to channel power Delta dB power difference to margin power Limitcheck 0 1 indicates whether the power is below 0 or above 1 the limit line Unused1 2 for future use Default unit Hz Example TRAC2DATA ATRACE2 Returns a list of absolute frequency errors for all slots in trace 2 screen B Usage Query only Mode WCDMA TRACe lt n gt DATA PWCDp This command returns the pilot length in addition to the values returned f
268. pending on the display mode the trace data format varies For details see chapter 6 1 2 Measurement Modes in Code Domain Analyzer on page 32 Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant lt t gt 1 4 trace 1 2 3 4 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 218 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands pmm c Ju sm M Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Return values Result code class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset gt Comma separated list with 5 values for each channel the chan nels are output in ascending order sorted by code number i e in the same sequence they are displayed on screen code class Code class of the channel 2 9 channel number Code number of the channel 0 511 absolute level Absolute level of the code channel at the selected channel slot The channel slot can be marked by the SELECTED CPICH slot relative level gt Relative level of the code channel at the selected channel slot referenced to CPICH or total power The channel slot can be marked by the SELECTED CPICH slot lt timing offset gt Timing offset of the code channel to the frame start The value is measured in chips The step width is 256 chips in the case of code class 2 to 8 and 512 chips in the case of code
269. prior to the query The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the SENSe POWer subsystem To obtain a correct result a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must be performed before a query is output Synchronization is possible only in the single sweep mode Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 132 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt ResultType gt ACPower CPOWer ACPower Adjacent channel power measurement Results are output in the following sequence separated by com mas Power of transmission channel Power of lower adjacent channel Power of upper adjacent channel Power of lower alternate channel 1 Power of upper alternate channel 1 Power of lower alternate channel 2 Power of upper alternate channel 2 The number of measured values returned depends on the num ber of adjacent alternate channels selected with SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs With logarithmic scaling RANGE LOG the power is output in the currently selected level unit with linear scaling RANGE LIN dB or LIN 96 the power is output in W If SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE is set to REL the adjacent alternate channel power is output in dB CPOWer Channel power measurement In a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement the query returns the power result fo
270. quency reference to 128 MHz CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level to 30 dBm CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt LINK State This command links delta marker 1 to marker 1 If you change the horizontal position of the marker so does the delta marker Suffix n Selects the measurement window m 1 irrelevant Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT LINK ON CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller trace maximum on the left of the current value i e descending X values The corresponding delta marker is acti vated first if necessary Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 141 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands mam MUEHE M mmam Q TP s CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC DELT MAX LEFT Sets delta marker 1 to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value Manual operation See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller trace maxi
271. r measurements that use the HSPA standard CPICH Mode Demod Settings Defines whether the common pilot channel CPICH is defined by its default position or a user defined position P CPICH Standard configuration CPICH is always on channel 0 S CPICH User defined configuration Enter the CPICH code number in the S CPICH Code Nr field Remote command SENSe CDPower UCPich STATe on page 192 S CPICH Code Nr Demod Settings If a user defined CPICH definition is to be used enter the code of the CPICH based on the spreading factor 256 Possible values are 0 to 255 Remote command SENSe CDPower UCPich CODE on page 191 S CPICH Antenna Pattern Demod Settings Defines the pattern used for evaluation Remote command SENSe CDPower UCPich PATTern on page 192 MIMO Demod Settings Activates or deactivates single antenna MIMO measurement mode Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 63 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m E AT UnP Code Domain Analyzer Measurements If activated HS PDSCH channels with exclusively QPSK or exclusively 16 QAM on both transport streams are automatically detected and demodulated The correspond ing channel types are denoted as HS MIMO QPSK and HS MIMO 16QAM respec tively The MIMO constellations resulting on a single a
272. r the center frequency depends on the frequency span span gt 0 SPAN min 2 E fcenter E fmax z SEIT span 0 0 Hz lt center s fmax fmax and span are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 199 CF Stepsize Opens a submenu to set the step size of the center frequency The step size defines the value by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when the arrow keys are pressed When you use the rotary knob the center frequency changes in steps of 1096 of the Center Frequency Stepsize The step size can be set to a fraction of the span span gt 0 or a fraction of the resolu tion bandwidth span 0 or it can be set to a fixed value manually Apart from the Center Marker and Manual softkeys the other softkeys are dis played depending on the selected frequency span This softkey is available for RF measurements 0 1 Span span 0 CF Stepsize Sets the step size for the center frequency to 10 of the span Remote command FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK on page 199 FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 10PCT see SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor on page 200 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 92 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu o R H P nn
273. r the reference range if this power reference type is selected With logarithmic scaling RANGE LOG the channel power is output in the currently selected level unit with linear scaling RANGE LIN dB or LIN 96 the channel power is output in W CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion POWer SELect lt MeasType gt This command selects and switches on the specified power measurement type in the window specified by the suffix lt n gt The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the SENSe POWer subsystem Note If CPOWer is selected the number of adjacent channels SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs is set to 0 If ACPower is selected the number of adjacent channels is set to 1 unless adjacent channel power measurement is switched on already The channel adjacent channel power measurement is performed for the trace selected with SENSe POWer TRACe The occupied bandwidth measurement is performed for the trace on which marker 1 is positioned To select another trace for the measurement marker 1 is to be positioned on the desired trace by means of CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt TRACe Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 133 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Suffix n Selects the measurement window m Selects the marker Parameters lt MeasType gt ACPower CPOWer MCACpower OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO
274. ref erence value of the y axis 0 100 96 100 is at the top of the screen O is at the bottom of the screen DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RPOSition on page 180 Preamp On Off Switches the preamplifier on and off If option R amp S FSV B22 is installed the preamplifier is only active below 7 GHz If option R amp S FSV B24 is installed the preamplifier is active for all frequencies Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 68 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mu J T m Code Domain Analyzer Measurements This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut GAIN STATe on page 228 RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the attenuation irrespective of the reference level If electronic attenuation is activated option R amp S FSV B25 only El Atten Mode Auto softkey this setting defines the mechanical attenuation The mechanical attenuation can be set in 10 dB steps The RF attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps with option R amp S FSV B25 1 dB steps The range is specified in the data sheet If the current reference level cannot be set for the set RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO
275. rform measurements near a carrier with a reduced reference level due to a narrower analog prefilter RST AUTO Example BAND TYPE FFT Select FFT filter Example BAND FFT NARR Select narrow partial span for FFT filter Manual operation See Auto on page 106 See Narrow on page 106 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio Ratio This command defines the ratio between the resolution bandwidth Hz and the span Hz Note that the ratio defined with the remote command RBW span is reciprocal to that of the manual operation span RBW Parameters Ratio Range 0 0001 to 1 RST 0 01 Example BAND RAT 0 01 Manual operation See Span RBW Manual on page 107 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE FilterType This command selects the type of resolution filter For detailed information on filters see chapter 5 2 5 Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type on page 23 and chapter 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filters on page 23 When changing the filter type the next larger filter bandwidth is selected if the same filter bandwidth is not available for the new filter type 5 Pole filters are not available when using the sweep type FFT Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 196 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands a Se SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt FilterType gt NORMal Gaussian filters CFILter channel filters RRC RRC filters P5 5
276. rmediate frequency TIME Time interval PSEN External power sensor requires R amp S FSV K9 option RST IMMediate Example TRIG SOUR EXT Selects the external trigger input as source of the trigger signal Manual operation See Trigger Source External on page 54 See Trigger Source Free Run on page 54 OUTPut IF SOURce Source This command selects the source of the IF output Parameters Source IF intermediate frequency output VIDeo video output 200 mV RST IF Example OUTP IF VID Selects the video signal for the IF output connector Manual operation See Video Output on page 112 OUTPut TRIGger lt PortLevel gt This command selects level of the Trigger Out port Thus you can trigger an additional device via the external trigger port for example Parameters lt PortLevel gt LOW HIGH RST LOW Example OUTP TRIG HIGH Manual operation See Trigger Out on page 113 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 233 R amp S FSV K72 Error Messages 9 Error Messages Error messages are entered in the error event queue of the status reporting system in the remote control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem ERRor A short explanation of the device specific error messages for R amp S FSV K72 is given below Status bar message Description Sync not found This message is displayed if synchronization is not possible Possible causes are that frequency level scramblin
277. rn values lt Result gt lt class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset or I Q mapping pilot length active inactive Comma separated list with 7 values for each channel the pilot length is specified in symbols For details on the other result information see TRACecn DATA on page 218 Example TRAC DATA CTABLe Returns a list of channel information including the pilot length and channel state Usage Query only Mode WCDMA Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 214 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 TRACe lt n gt DATA CWCDp This command returns pilot length channel state channel type modulation type and a reserved value in addition to the values returned for TRACE lt t gt see TRACecn DATA on page 218 Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Result gt lt code class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset gt lt pilot length gt lt active flag gt lt channel type gt lt modulation type gt lt reserved gt Comma separated list with 10 values for each channel the channels are output in ascending order sorted by code number i e in the same sequence they are displayed on screen lt pilot length gt Pilot length of the code channel According to the 3GPP stand ard the pilot length range depends on the code c
278. s Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer R amp S FSV K72 The Code Domain Analyzer softkey opens the Code Domain Analyzer submenu e ET 50 Reuler LT 51 a EE 52 L Frequency Cegedel 52 nol EEN 52 Bm i c 53 L Ee e EE 53 L Adjust wt icai isis baei addet usos rd puni nd tix d 53 egs gti meurent 53 mo 1 A 53 EE 54 Biz Wr RENDERE 54 Ld spe OMM srt eins re CR onsale E ia i 54 L Trigger Source Extemal tete ta tata terat tet thsn sh se sana 54 L Trigger Source Free Run 54 L Trg Gat Pelaliiy 1 oae teer tor rennes Sr kochen espe 54 L Trigger Offset MANENTE 55 Sync Scrambling E ue EE 55 L Antenna Diversity nennen tern tn tnnt htt ntn tanta hath tha hath itat akin 56 L EE 56 L Synehronizati n TB eciam deen ben eren usc be orbe nr viaa 56 Le Span WN i5 MEER 57 L lun 41 e EE 57 L Seramo CORR EE 57 L PPO SOAP OD cessit tct ti etre tte vct eet 57 coo me 57 Channel Detection Settings edd te ee Cote pO ea Ne Ide Meroe Deed RE ated 57 L Common Settings Tab ees ecc nde teles ape letta poc cq nad pea 58 L Inactive Channel Threshold entren 58 i p 75 dc E ET 58 L Compressed Mode 58 L Predef Channel Table 9b rege Qut iin cia al 58 L Channel Search Mode 59 L Channel Table Compare eee 59 L Timing SR MERI T 59 L Predefined Bl 60 TEE 60 EU o ib ll MNT T 61 D MM CR 61
279. s e Status inactive if the channel is not active active if the channel is active E HICH Enhanced HARQ hybrid acknowledgement indicator channel Carries hybrid ARQ ACK NACK E RGCH Enhanced relative grant channel Carries relative grant allocation fora UE E AGCH Enhanced absolute grant channel Carries absolute grant alloca tion for a UE 5 2 3 Detector Overview The measurement detector for the individual display modes can be selected directly by the user or set automatically by the R amp S FSV The detector activated for the specific trace is indicated in the corresponding trace display field by an abbreviation The detectors of the R amp S FSV are implemented as pure digital devices They collect signal power data within each measured point during a sweep The default number of Sweep points is 691 The following detectors are available Table 5 1 Detector types Detector Indicator Function Auto Peak Ap Determines the maximum and the minimum value within a measurement point not available for SEM Positive Peak Pk Determines the maximum value within a measure ment point Negative Peak min peak Mi Determines the minimum value within a measure ment point RMS Rm Determines the root mean square power within a measurement point Average Av Determines the linear average power within a mea surement point Sample Sa Selects the last value within a measurement point The result obtained from the
280. s an edit dialog box to enter a fixed step size for the center frequency Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP on page 199 Start Opens an edit dialog box to define the start frequency The following range of values is allowed fmin fstart fmax SpanNmin fmin fmax and Spanmin are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency STARt on page 201 Stop Opens an edit dialog box to define the stop frequency The following range of values for the stop frequency is allowed fmin Spanmin s Fstop s fmax f min f max and Spanmin are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency STOP on page 201 Frequency Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter a frequency offset that shifts the displayed frequency range by the specified offset The softkey indicates the current frequency offset The allowed values range from 100 GHz to 100 GHz The default setting is 0 Hz Remote command SENSe FREQuency OFFSet on page 200 6 3 7 3 Softkeys of the Span Menu for RF Measurements The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the Span menu for RF meas urements except for Power measurements Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 94 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mmu X dT P C Hge RF Measurements Span Oe 95 SwWeepime Manual TT 95
281. signal The default set ting is Pos The setting applies to all trigger modes with the exception of the Free Run Power Sensor and Time mode For details also see Using Gated Sweep Operation in the base unit description Pos Level triggering the sweep is stopped by the logic 0 signal and restarted by the logical 1 signal after the gate delay time has elapsed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 54 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements munm J r A a Q Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Neg Edge triggering the sweep is continued on a O to 1 transition for the gate length duration after the gate delay time has elapsed Remote command TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence SLOPe on page 232 Trigger Offset IO Capture Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep offset gt 0 Start of the sweep is delayed offset lt 0 Sweep starts earlier pre trigger Only possible for span 0 e g UO Analyzer mode and gated trigger switched off Maximum allowed range limited by the sweep time pretriggerna sweep time When using the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 with UO Ana lyzer mode the maximum range is limited by the number of pretrigger samples See t
282. stem R amp S FSV K72 SENSe FREQuency SPAN Span This command defines the frequency span Parameters Span min span to fmax RST fmax fmax IS specified in the data sheet min span is 10 Hz Example FREQ SPAN 10MHz Manual operation See Span Manual on page 95 SENSe FREQuency SPAN FULL This command sets the frequency span to its maximum Example FREQ SPAN FULL Manual operation See Full Span on page 95 SENSe FREQuency STARt lt Frequency gt This command defines the start frequency for measurements in the frequency domain Parameters lt Frequency gt 0 to fmax min span RST 0 fmax IS specified in the data sheet min span is 10 Hz Example FREO STAR 20MHz Manual operation See Start on page 94 SENSe FREQuency STOP Frequency This command defines the stop frequency for measurements in the frequency domain Parameters Frequency min span to fmax RST fmax fmax iS specified in the data sheet min span is 10 Hz Example FREQ STOP 2000 MHz Manual operation See Stop on page 94 SENSe POWer subsystem I SENSe POWer ACHarnnelAGCPaltis 2 2 22 22 1ncroe terruit eter hue d ene aise ieee 202 SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE 2 irure rre pr dee baa bnc eee sace ken Ra Race 202 SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel esses nennen nennen nnne 202 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 201 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsyst
283. t SampleRate gt This command specifies or queries the sample rate of the input signal from the R amp S Digital UO Interface see Input Sample Rate on page 81 This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital I Q Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters lt SampleRate gt Range 1 Hz to 10 GHz RST 32 MHz Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 226 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands ee eee I URP Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Example INP DIQ SRAT 200 MHz Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN Manual operation See Input Sample Rate on page 81 INPut DIQ SRATe AUTO lt State gt If enabled the sample rate of the digital baseband IQ input signal is set automatically by the connected device if the currently used sample rate is provided indicated by the lt SampleRateType gt parameter in the result of the INPut DIQ CDEVice command This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital I Q Interface B17 description of the base unit Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example INP DIQ SRAT AUTO ON Mode IQ VSA EVDO CDMA WCDMA GSM ADEMOD TDS INPut EATT lt Attenuation gt This command defines the electro
284. t both parts must be defined in the same mode i e either both manually or both automatically This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 e To define the mechanical attenuation use the RF Atten Manual Mech Att Manual or RF Atten Auto Mech Att Auto softkeys e To define the electronic attenuation use the El Atten Mode Auto Man softkey Note This function is not available for stop frequencies or center frequencies in zero span gt 7 GHz In this case the electronic and mechanical attenuation are summarized and the electronic attenuation can no longer be defined individually As soon as the stop or center frequency is reduced below 7 GHz this function is available again When the electronic attenuator is switched off the corresponding RF attenuation mode auto manual is automatically activated Remote command INPut EATT AUTO on page 228 EI Atten Mode Auto Man This softkey defines whether the electronic attenuator value is to be set automatically or manually If manual mode is selected an edit dialog box is opened to enter the value This softkey is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 and only if the elec tronic attenuator has been activated via the El Atten On Off softkey Note This function is not available for stop frequencies or center frequencies in zero span 7 GHz In this case the electronic and mechanical attenuation are summarized and the el
285. t must be lower than the lt UpperLimit gt value for the upper limit RST 0 dB Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RESult This command queries the result of the limit check for the upper lower adjacent chan nel when adjacent channel power measurement is performed Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 148 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off the command pro duces a query error Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Return values Result The result is returned in the form lt result gt lt result gt where lt result gt PASSED FAILED and where the first returned value denotes the lower the second denotes the upper adjacent chan nel Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dB CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement CALC LIM ACP ACH STAT ON Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels INIT WAI St
286. ta for this mode is queried 16 pairs of slots slot number of CPICH and level values are transferred slot number level value in dB for 16 slots 6 1 2 5 Result Summary The display mode Result Summary displays a list of measurement results on the screen Three different tables are available depending if the corresponding window is a full screen a split screen or a quarter screen window The full screen display mode shows the same results as the split screen window but with a bigger font In the quar ter screen window only the most important results are displayed on the screen Two different types of results are displayed global results and channel results Table 6 2 Global results Total Power Displays the total signal power average power of total evaluated 3GPP FDD BTS slot Chip Rate Error Displays the chip rate error in the frame to analyze in ppm As a result of a high chip rate error symbol errors arise and the CDP measurement is possibly not synchronized to the 3GPP FDD BTS signal The result is valid even if synchronization of the analyzer and signal failed IQ Offset DC offset of the signal in the selected slot in 96 Composite EVM The composite EVM is the difference between the test signal and the ideal reference signal in the selected slot in see chap ter 6 1 2 6 Composite EVM RMS on page 40 CPICH Slot No Displays the number of the CPICH slot at which the measurement is perf
287. tate gt This command switches the 28 V supply of the noise source on the front panel on or off Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 220 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands a se ee n a s Other Commands Referenced in this Manual Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example DIAG SERV NSO ON Manual operation See Noise Source on page 80 INITiate lt n gt CONMeas This command restarts a measurement that has been stopped in single sweep mode The measurement is restarted at the first sweep point As opposed to INI Tiate lt n gt IMMediate this command does not reset traces in maxhold minhold or average mode Therefore it can be used to continue measure ments using max hold or averaging functions In single sweep mode you can synchronize to the end of the measurement with OPC OPC or WAI In continuous sweep mode synchronization to the end of the mea surement is not possible Thus it is not recommended that you use continuous sweep mode in remote control as results like trace data or markers are only valid after a sin gle sweep end synchronization Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps INIT CONM WAI Continues th
288. tched to marker mode Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Parameters lt Position gt Numeric value that defines the marker position on the x axis The unit is either Hz frequency domain or s time domain or dB statistics Range The range depends on the current x axis range Example CALC MARK2 X 1 7MHz Positions marker 2 to frequency 1 7 MHz Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 See Select 1 2 3 4 A on page 76 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X SLIMits STATe State This command turns marker search limits on and off If the power measurement in zero span is active this command limits the evaluation range on the trace Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt marker Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 162 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC MARK X SLIM ON Switches on search limitation CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X SLIMits ZOOM lt State gt This command sets the limits of the marker search range to the zoom area Note The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched on see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X SLIMits STATe Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt m gt irrelevant Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC MARK X SLIM Z00M ON S
289. tem nanne ennn 146 CALCulate LIMit ESPectrum subsvsiem enne 153 CALCulate MARKer subsystem sss nenne eee rennes 157 CALCulate PSE subsvstem enm ennemis 164 CALCulate STATistics subsvetem eee enne 165 Other Referenced CALCulate Commande 169 CALCulate DELTamarker subsystem CALCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed RPOint 3 139 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarker mzFUNCHontlxedRbOinty 139 CALOCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed STATe eese 140 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarker mzFUNCHonbhOise AUTO 140 CALOCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion PNOise STATe eese 140 CAL Gulate mns DEL Famarkersim eos IWK 1 122 1 Eder AER SEENEN dE 141 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkercmz M AimumlEEFT enses nnn enne 141 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzMAximumNENT seen nnns nnne 142 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 138 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 CALOCulate n DELTamarker m MAXimum PEAK esee 142 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzM Aimum RICH 142 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkermz MiNimum LEET 143 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzMiNimumNENT seen nnns nn nsn nans 143 CALOCulate n DELTamarker m MlNimum PEAK eee 143 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarker mz MiNimum RICH 144 CALCulatesn gt DELTamarkersmM gt STAT e nennen tnnt ne nan 144 CALCulate nz DEL Tamarkercmz TR ACe nes ssentnss assess aiiis en
290. ternative possibilities in the sense of or The effect of the command differs depending on which parameter is used Example Selection of the parameters for the command SENSe lt 1 4 gt AVERage lt 1 4 gt TYPE VIDeo LINear 0 Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header The full command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standards Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or omitted as well 0 Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command either not at all once or several times Description of Parameters Due to the standardization the parameter section of SCPI commands consists always of the same syntactical elements SCPI has therefore specified a series of definitions which are used in the tables of commands In the tables these established definitions are indicated in angled brackets lt gt and is briefly explained in the following N Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 127 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 For details see the chapter SCPI Command Structure in the base unit description Boolean This keyword refers to parameters which can adopt two states on and off The off state may either be indicated by the keyword OFF or by the numeric value 0 the on state is indicated by ON or an
291. the previous slot is displayed if the power versus slot display is enabled Parameters State ON OFF ON The slot power difference to the previous slot is displayed POWER VS SLOT display OFF The slot power of each slot is displayed POWER VS SLOT dis play RST OFF Example SENS CDP PDIF ON Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 189 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Power Difference on page 63 SENSe CDPower PDIsplay Mode This command switches between showing the absolute or relative power to the chosen reference Parameter only affects the display mode code domain power Parameters lt Mode gt ABS REL RST ABS Example SENS CDP PDIS ABS Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Code Power Display on page 62 SENSe CDPower PREFerence lt Mode gt This command switches between the use of total power or CPICH power as the refer ence for the relative CDP measurement values Parameters lt Mode gt TOTal CPICh RST TOTal Example SENS CDP PREF CPIC Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Power Reference on page 62 SENSe CDPower QINVert State This command inverts the Q component of the signal Parameters ON OFF RST OFF Example CDP QINV ON Activates inversion of Q component Mode CDMA EVDO TDS WCDMA Manual operation See Invert Q on page 53 SENSe CDPower SFACtor lt SpreadingFa
292. the trace CALC MARK2 MIN NEXT Positions marker 2 to the next higher maximum value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Min on page 78 See Next Min Mode on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum PEAK This command positions the marker on the current trace minimum The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to marker mode if necessary If no minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt depends on mode Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MIN Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 160 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Usage Event Manual operation See Min on page 78 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt This command positions a marker to the next higher trace minimum on the right of the current value i e in ascending X direction If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MIN Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace CALC MARK2 MIN RIGH Positions marker 2 to the next higher
293. tion POWer SEL Ct cccccccccseeeceesececeeeesesseeeseeeeees 133 CAL Culate nz M Abker 2z FUNCHonTAERrorRESGu seen 134 CAL Culate nzM AbkerzmzFUNGCHon VWCDbower BTGIRESuI 135 CAL Culate nz M Abker mzEUNGCHon ZO0OM esee nnnn asses nin sr sse rn ssa 137 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CPICh This command sets the marker to channel 0 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 131 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 This command is only available in code domain power and code domain error power result diagrams um window depends on the selected display mode for which the marker is to be valid m marker number only 1 allowed Example CALC MARK FUNC CPIC Mode WCDMA Manual operation See CPICH on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion PCCPch This command sets the marker to the position of the PCCPCH This command is only available in code domain power and code domain error power result diagrams window depends on the selected display mode for which the marker is to be valid lt m gt marker number only 1 allowed Example CALC MARK FUNC PCCP Mode WCDMA Manual operation See PCCPCH on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion POWer RESult lt ResultType gt This command queries the result of the performed power measurement in the window specified by the suffix lt n gt If necessary the measurement is switched on
294. tkey is available for measuring the Adjacent Channel Power the Spectrum Emission Mask and the Occupied Bandwidth Remote command SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO on page 197 Sweeptime Manual Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time Sweep time absolute max sweep time value 16000 s absolute min sweep time value zero span 1 us span gt 0 depends on device model refer to data sheet Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW For details refer to the data sheet Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible sweep time For rotary knob or UPARROW DNARROW key inputs the sweep time is adjusted in steps either downwards or upwards The manual input mode of the sweep time is indicated by a green bullet next to the SWT display in the channel bar If the selected sweep time is too short for the selected bandwidth and span level measurement errors will occur due to a too short settling time for the resolution or video filters In this case the R amp S FSV displays the error message UNCAL and marks the indicated sweep time with a red bullet Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 104 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m T C J ne RF Measurements This softkey is available for RF measurements but not for
295. tkeys available in the Input Output menu for CDA measurements For RF measurements see chapter 6 3 7 7 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for RF Measurements on page 112 WUT zie e p 80 NOISe SOLDE EE 80 eei H 80 el TEE 81 L Connected Be cinere ttn tn c tk me dude 81 L Input Sample Hate 81 ui 1 HH 81 nr o r eet 81 L Adjust Reference Level to Full Scale Level 81 tet cor 1O dry o MEE 81 E EE 82 RM E 83 d 4 0 EROTIC 83 x pj er ECHTE 83 L Firmware EE 83 CRES SUPPO E 83 L 5o E 83 Input AC DC Toggles the RF input of the R amp S FSV between AC and DC coupling This function is not available for input from the R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 Remote command INPut COUPling on page 223 Noise Source Switches the supply voltage for an external noise source on or off For details on con nectors refer to the R amp S FSV Quick Start Guide Front and Rear Panel chapter Remote command DIAGnostic lt n gt SERVice NSOurce on page 220 Signal Source Opens a dialog box to select the signal source For Digital Baseband UO the source can also be configured here Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 80 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m EE
296. tr s daas 144 GALCulatesmsDEETamarkersm9qX EE 145 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkercmz SREL ative seen nennen enean 145 CALCulatesn gt DELTamarkersm gt cut a nnne enne aquae nna qnd nana Rn 146 CALCulate n DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X Reference This command defines the horizontal position of the fixed delta marker reference point The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram When measuring the phase noise the command defines the frequency reference for delta marker 2 Suffix n Selects the measurement window m Selects the marker Parameters Reference Numeric value that defines the horizontal position of the refer ence For frequency domain measurements it is a frequency in Hz For time domain measurements it is a point in time in s RST Fixed reference OFF Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128 MHz Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint Y lt RefPointLevel gt This command defines the vertical position of the fixed delta marker reference point The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram When measuring the phase noise the command defines the level reference for delta marker 2 Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Parameters lt RefPointLevel gt Numeric value that defines the vertical position of the reference The unit and val
297. ts the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz Manual operation See Res BW Manual on page 103 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO State This command couples and decouples the resolution bandwidth to the span The automatic coupling adapts the resolution bandwidth to the current frequency span according to the relationship between frequency span and resolution bandwidth The 6 dB bandwidths 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz and the channel filters available are not set by the automatic coupling Use SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio to define the ratio RBW span Parameters State ON OFF RST ON Example BAND AUTO OFF Switches off the coupling of the resolution bandwidth to the span Manual operation See Res BW Manual on page 103 See Res BW Auto on page 103 See Default Coupling on page 108 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution FFT lt FilterMode gt This command defines the filter mode of FFT filters by defining the partial span size The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis This command is only available for sweep type FFT Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 195 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SENSe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Parameters lt FilterMode gt AUTO The firmware determines whether to use wide or narrow filters to obtain the best measurement results NARRow The FFT filters with the smaller partial soan are used This allows you to pe
298. tt Auto softkeys e To define the electronic attenuation use the El Atten Mode Auto Man softkey Note This function is not available for stop frequencies or center frequencies in zero span gt 7 GHz In this case the electronic and mechanical attenuation are summarized Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 69 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements m H M w T wam UP Code Domain Analyzer Measurements and the electronic attenuation can no longer be defined individually As soon as the stop or center frequency is reduced below 7 GHz this function is available again When the electronic attenuator is switched off the corresponding RF attenuation mode auto manual is automatically activated Remote command INPut EATT AUTO on page 228 EI Atten Mode Auto Man This softkey defines whether the electronic attenuator value is to be set automatically or manually If manual mode is selected an edit dialog box is opened to enter the value This softkey is only available with option R amp S FSV B25 and only if the elec tronic attenuator has been activated via the El Atten On Off softkey Note This function is not available for stop frequencies or center frequencies in zero span 7 GHz In this case the electronic and mechanical attenuation are summarized and the electronic attenuation can no longer be defined
299. turn values Result If the result is ON an error occurred Details can be obtained using STAT QUES SYNC EVEN RST OFF Example STAT QUES SYNC COND Usage Query only Mode WCDMA CDMA EVDO STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt This command reads the information on the error situation in the code domain power analysis The value can only be read once The possible events are described in the table below Example STAT QUES SYNC EVEN Usage Query only Mode WCDMA CDMA EVDO Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 208 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands TRACe subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Bit Definition Not used Frame Sync failed This bit is set when synchronization is not possible within the application Possible reasons Incorrectly set frequency Incorrectly set level Incorrectly set scrambling code Incorrectly set values for Q INVERT or SIDE BAND INVERT Invalid signal at input Antenna 1 synchronization is not possible Time Alignment Error measurements R amp S FSV K72 only For Time Alignment Error measurements R amp S FSV K72 only bit is set if antenna 2 syn chronization is not possible Otherwise not used 3 to4 Not used Incorrect Pilot Symbol This bit is set when one or more of the received pilot symbols are not equal to the specified pilot symbols of the 3GPP standard Possible reasons e Incorrectly sent pilot symbols in the r
300. ual 1176 7584 02 02 59 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mA P P JN Code Domain Analyzer Measurements Predefined Tables Predef Channel Table tab Channel Detection Settings The list shows all available channel tables and marks the current active table or the table to edit Remote command CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle CATalog on page 171 New Channel Detection Settings Opens the New Channel Table dialog box to define new channel table settings x Channel Table Settings Name Description Channel Type PCCPCH 15 1 p j 0 000 Il E Se EE Enter Name and Description for the new channel table and define the settings in the table below Channel Type Type of channel active channels only Symbol Rate Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted Channel Number Number of channel spreading code 0 to spreading factor 1 Use TFCI Timing Offset Pilot Bits Number of pilot bits of the channel only valid for the control channel DPCCH CDP Relative Channel relative referred to the total power of the signal H Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 60 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mM
301. ue range is variable RST Fixed reference OFF Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 139 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands b MM H es CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 10dBm Sets the reference point level for delta markers to 10 dBm CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion FlXed STATe State This command switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off Marker 1 is activated previously and a peak search is performed if necessary If marker 1 is activated its position becomes the reference point for the measurement The reference point can then be modified with the CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker m FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X commands and CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace It applies to all delta markers as long as the function is active Suffix n Selects the measurement window m Selects the marker Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX ON Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128 MHZ Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level to 30 dBm CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt FUNCtion PNOise AUTO lt State gt This command turns an automatic peak search f
302. um PCLass lt Class gt EXCLusive i CAlLCulate cnzLlMitck EGbechumbRtEGTore enne eene nnne nnn nennen CAlLCulate cnzLlMitck EGbechumVAl ue CALCu latesn gt nnd et 152 CAlCulate cnzMAbker 21zFUNGCHonTAEbRrorREGut ener 134 CALCulatesn MARKer amp m AOFEF errore tree deed edeedegegh Eege ee e Eeer eet eege ee 158 CAL Culate cnz MAb ker mz EUNGCion CPiICh esent ennt nn tnr nennen 131 CALCulate n2 MARKer m FUNCtion PCCPzCch esssssssssssssseeeseee eene enne nnne tenes net nnr tenni nnn 132 CALCulatecn2 MARKer m FUNCtion POWer RESUIt esses eene nnns 132 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion POWer SELect E CAlCulate cnzMAbker mz FUNGCHonWCDbowerl BTGSIREGu 135 CAL Culate cnz MAh ker mz EUNGCion ZOOM eene ennt en ener nnns enters senes nennt nena CAL Culate cnz MAb ker mz MAvimum LEET CAL Culate cnz MAb ker mz MAvimum NENT CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXiMUM RIGHL enne ener nnne etre nennen nennen nena CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum PEAK CAL Culate nz MAh ker mzMiNimum LEET CAL Culate cnz MAbRker mz MiNimumNENT eterne nhnn nerit nnns en rntr sen rnnn se tenn nnn CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt ES CAL Culate cnz MAbRker mzMiNimumf PEART nennen nnne nennen nennen CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt TRACE ese nnn senten enint nain thtst inten sein tense n erts s entres nsn nns nnns CAL Culatesn gt MARKGrsim gt iX CE
303. urations Average or Max Hold to take previously recorded measurements into account for averaging maximum search Remote command INITiate lt n gt CONMeas on page 221 Sweep Count Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of sweeps to be performed in the single sweep mode Values from 0 to 32767 are allowed If the values 0 or 1 are set one Sweep is performed The sweep count is applied to all the traces in a diagram If the trace configurations Average Max Hold or Min Hold are set the sweep count value also determines the number of averaging or maximum search procedures Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 71 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 7 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements In continuous sweep mode if sweep count 0 default averaging is performed over 10 sweeps For sweep count 1 no averaging maxhold or minhold operations are per formed Remote command SENSe SWEep COUNt on page 205 Softkeys of the Trigger Menu TRIG key R amp S FSV K72 The TRIG key opens the following submenu The following softkey functions are available for CDA measurements For RF measurements see the description for the base unit Taggar Source Froe RUM ercon et aae cet Ro Eee Fa tee ce eder bey dep acte e Pa sane cues 72 Trigger Source EXte TIal E 72 Togar POI EE 72 Beleeg 73 Trigger Source Free Run The start of a sweep is not triggered Once a measurement is complet
304. urement displays the error between the entire measure ment signal and the ideal reference signal in present The error is averaged over all channels for different slots A bar diagram with EVM values versus slots is used The Composite EVM measurement covers the entire signal during the entire observation time Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP ERR MACC see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA TRACE lt 1 4 gt When the trace data for this mode is queried 15 pairs of slots slot number of CPICH and level values are transferred lt slot number gt lt level value in gt for 15 slots Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 40 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements PRNEMCEMGCUEMMM A y Code Domain Analyzer Measurements 6 1 2 7 Peak Code Domain Error With Peak Code Domain Error display mode for a given slot and for all codes the maximum of the code domain error values are determined This display is a bar dia gram over slots The unit is dB The Peak Code Domain Error measurement covers the entire signal and the entire observation time Result data for remote query SCPI command CALC FEED XTIM CDP ERR PCD see CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 TRACe lt 1 4 gt DATA
305. urements of a recorded trace Suffix lt n gt irrelevant lt Trace gt 1 6 trace Parameters lt ResultType gt MEAN PEAK CFACtor ALL MEAN Average RMS power in dBm measured during the measure ment time PEAK Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time CFACtor Determined CREST factor ratio of peak power to average power in dB ALL Results of all three measurements mentioned before separated by commas mean power gt lt peak power gt lt crest factor The required result is selected via the following parameters Example CALC STAT RES2 ALL Reads out the three measurement results of trace 2 Example of answer string 5 56 19 25 13 69 i e mean power 5 56 dBm peak power 19 25 dBm CREST factor 13 69 dB CALCulate n STATistics SCALe AUTO ONCE This command optimizes the level setting of the instrument depending on the mea sured peak power in order to obtain maximum instrument sensitivity To obtain maximum resolution the level range is set as a function of the measured spacing between peak power and the minimum power for the APD measurement and of the spacing between peak power and mean power for the CCDF measurement In addition the probability scale for the number of test points is adapted Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with WAI OPC or OPC to the end of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted Suffix n irrelevant Example CALC STAT SCAL AUTO ONC
306. urthermore the focussed screen can be set to full screen for details see the R amp S FSV Quick Start Guide 6 1 1 1 Defining the display configuration 1 Select the Display Config softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu 2 Select the tab for the screen you want to configure A D 3 Select the Screen X active option to display the selected screen Tip SCPI command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt STATe on page 177 4 Select the required result diagram to be displayed in the selected screen Tip SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt FEED on page 129 5 Press Close To select a predefined display configuration You can retrieve previously stored display configurations and thus easily switch between different displays of measurement results 1 Select the Predefined tab in the Display Configuration dialog box The previously stored and default configurations are listed The current configura tion is displayed at the top of the dialog box 2 Select the required set of screen configurations 3 Press Apply To store the current display configuration You can store the current display configuration in the list of predefined settings in order to switch back to it later 1 Select the current display configuration at the top of the Display Configuration dialog box Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 31 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements mum
307. ussian filters are set by default The available bandwidths are specified in the data sheet e CISPR 6 dB filters MIL Std 6 dB filters Note that the 6 dB bandwidths are available only with option R amp S FSV K54 e Channel filters For details see chapter 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filters on page 23 Channel filters do not support FFT mode e RRC filters For details see chapter 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filters on page 23 RRC filters do not support FFT mode e 5 Pole filters The available bandwidths are specified in the data sheet 5 Pole filters do not support FFT mode 5 2 6 List of Available RRC and Channel Filters For power measurement a number of especially steep edged channel filters are availa ble see the following table The indicated filter bandwidth is the 3 dB bandwidth For RRC filters the fixed roll off factor a is also indicated Table 5 2 Filter types Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 100 Hz CFILter 200 Hz CFILter A0 300 Hz CFILter 500 Hz CFILter 1 kHz CFILter 1 5 kHz CFILter Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 23 R amp S FSV K72 Instrument Functions 3GPP Base Station Measurements m HHW m P a ew Further Information
308. ut AC DG iunt 70 80 102 112 Input AC DC remote control Inputb0 O 75 Q i tret ers IQ Capture Settings esseeeene Marker 1 to 4 remote control Marker TEE Marker to Trace remote control 161 Max Hold SN Mech Atten Auto oe eee eeeeeeneeeeeenees 69 100 Mech Atten Auto remote control 223 Mech Atten Manual Mech Atten Manual remote control 222 Min Old WEE 22 74 Preamp On Off Preamp On Off remote control 228 Ref Level irritorna Ref Level remote control RES BW Auto orn nein rrt Res BW Manual 5 rennen RF Atten Auto RF Atten Auto remote control ss 223 RF Atten Manual cccccccccceeeeceeceeteeeeeeeneeeeaes 69 99 RF Atten Manual remote control 222 Save remote control Select 1 2 3 4 remote Control sss 163 Single Meas remote control ssssss 221 Single Sweep Single Sweep remote control 221 SPECTRUM EM MASK oeer 170 Standard EE Sweep Count remote control Sweep Time remote control SWECDP Type 5i iei tite enne tetas dee Sweeptime Auto sess Sweeptim
309. ut Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font References References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota tion marks 1 2 2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When describing how to operate the instrument several alternative methods may be available to perform the same task In this case the procedure using the touchscreen is described Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an additionally connected mouse The alternative procedure using the keys on the instrument or the on screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard operating procedures The term select may refer to any of the described methods i e using a finger on the touchscreen a mouse pointer in the display or a key on the instrument or on a key board Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 7 R amp S FSV K72 Preface EH How to Use the Help System 1 3 How to Use the Help System Calling context sensitive and general help gt To display the general help dialog box press the HELP key on the front panel The help dialog box View tab is displayed A topic containing information about the current menu or the currently opened dialog box and its function is displayed For standard Windows dialog boxes e g File Properties Print dialog etc no context sensitive help is available gt Ifthe help is
310. val ues lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 158 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands SSES CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Example CALC MARK2 MAX NEXT Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value Usage Event Manual operation See Next Peak on page 77 See Next Peak Mode on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum PEAK This command positions the marker on the current trace maximum The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to the marker mode If no maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt depends on mode Selects the marker Example CALC MARK2 MAX Positions marker 2 to the maximum value of the trace Usage Event Manual operation See Peak on page 77 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt This command positions a marker to the next smaller trace maximum on the right of the current value i e in ascending X values If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent val ues lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m
311. valuation method Example CALC MARK FUNC WCDP RES PTOT Usage Query only Mode WCDMA CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion ZOOM State If marker zoom is activated the number of channels displayed on the screen in code domain power and code domain error power result diagram is reduced to 64 The currently selected marker defines the center of the displayed range Suffix n irrelevant m 1 4 marker number Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC MARK FUNC ZOOM ON Mode WCDMA Manual operation See Marker Zoom on page 76 Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 137 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 4 1 8 2 4 2 8 2 4 3 8 2 4 4 8 2 4 5 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 7 8 2 4 1 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Other CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt n gt CDPower Mapping lt SignalBranch gt This command adjusts the mapping for the result displays Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window Parameters lt SignalBranch gt Q AUTO l The I branch of the signal will be used for evaluation Q The Q branch of the signal will be used for evaluation AUTO The branch selected by the dialog Selected Channel will be used for evaluation RST AUTO Example CALC CDP MAPPING AUTO Mode CDMA WCDMA Other CALCulate Commands Referenced in this Manual CALCulate DELTamarker subsvstem eene 138 CALCulate LIMit aubsvs
312. vas 185 SENSe CDPower ICTReshold cc cccsccereeeceeeeeenececacanaecuaneneneteneeeeneneteceeenenenenecenaeena 185 SENSe JODPOowerlOLengliy E 186 SENS amp CDPowerEEVelADUJusl 1 22 etiain er eite eere eee e ERE de tak de e aden 186 SENSe GBPowerbOCODe VAL ia deeg ENEE EN 186 ISENGe ICDbPowerl CODe DVAL ue nene en nn senes ener nnns nsns nsns trn nn nnne 186 SENSe CDPower L CODe GEARchTMMediatel nennen 187 SENSe CDPowerLCODe SEARcEHELIST oett cen oor h a LI EE edet SES 187 SENSe IODPower MAPPIBQ 2 ree chr a acne bna kso EIE oo ko x neret eek arn Enn ENEE ab rii 188 Ee Elle GETT 188 SENSe CDPower NORWMalize 2 ceri ains eee reete drea da a ae cem REENEN 188 SENSe e RI lee le ihr eere t pata Eae ea tbe cere eben een tare uadat 189 E ye GB fe 0 1 al PDIF GE 189 Ee ell OR E EE 190 SENSe CDPOwWet Luces eet apo etx a RR pe quce e erdt erba d edd aun 190 E Eer RI e 190 SENSe JCD Power EE 190 SENSe COPoWwerSLOT unedited ees dated ie 191 SENSC ICD POWER d EE 191 SENSe ODPowerlUCPichiQODE cieueuteccck une su tee eno e te er ape ne ERR Eden et ep endo tent nb a 191 SENSe JCDPaowen UCPiIch PAT RR EE 192 ISENSeTODPower UGPICNE S E 192 SENSe CDPower ANTenna Mode This command activates or deactivates the antenna diversity mode and selects the antenna to be used Parameters Mode OFF 1 2 RST OFF Example CDP ANT 1 Mode WCDMA Manu
313. weeps The Sweep Count determines the number of averaging procedures All available detectors can be selected If the detector is automatically selected the sample detector is used see chapter 5 2 3 Detector Overview on page 20 This mode is not available for statistics measurements Remote command DISP TRAC MODE AVER See DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 177 View The current contents of the trace memory are frozen and displayed Note If a trace is frozen the instrument settings apart from level range and reference level see below can be changed without impact on the displayed trace The fact that the displayed trace no longer matches the current instrument setting is indicated by the icon on the tab label Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 74 R amp S FSV K72 Configuration of 3GPP FDD BTS Measurements 6 1 9 Code Domain Analyzer Measurements If the level range or reference level is changed the R amp S FSV automatically adapts the measured data to the changed display range This allows an amplitude zoom to be made after the measurement in order to show details of the trace Remote command DISP TRAC MODE VIEW See DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t MODE on page 177 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K72 The MKR key opens a submenu for the marker settings Some softkey functions are not available in CDP mode Refer to the descriptio
314. witches the search limit function on CALC MARK X SLIM RIGH 20MHz Sets the right limit of the search range to 20 MHz CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y This command queries the measured value of a marker The corresponding marker is activated before or switched to marker mode if neces sary To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt Selects the marker Return values lt Result gt The measured value of the selected marker is returned Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK2 ON Switches marker 2 INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK2 Y Outputs the measured value of marker 2 Usage Query only Operating Manual 1176 7584 02 02 163 R amp S FSV K72 Remote Control Commands 8 2 4 5 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 Manual operation See Marker 1 2 3 4 on page 75 See Select 1 2 3 4 A on page 76 See CPICH on page 77 See PCCPCH on page 77 CALCulate PSE subsystem CALOCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch IMMediate esee 164 CALOCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch AUTO sss nenne rennen nnns 164 CALOCulate n PEAKsearch PSEarch MARGin eise esent en nn 164 CAL Culate nzPDEAksearchlbGtarch PD
315. y numeric value other than zero Parameter queries are always returned the numeric value 0 or 1 numeric value num These keywords mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or be set using specific keywords character data The following keywords given below are per mitted e MAXimum This keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value e MINimum This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value e DEFault This keyword is used to reset the parameter to its default value e UP This keyword increments the parameter value e DOWN This keyword decrements the parameter value The numeric values associated to MAXimum MINimum DEFault can be queried by adding the corresponding keywords to the command They must be entered following the quotation mark Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer MAXimum Returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result arbitrary block program data This keyword is provided for commands the parameters of which consist of a binary data block 8 2 CALCulate subsystem R amp S FSV K72 The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data trans forming and carrying out corrections These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition i e following the SENSe subsystem Note that most commands in the CALCulate subsystem are identical to the base unit only the commands specific to this

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

AF-92 HEATER MODULE AF-93 CHEMICAL  自動ホームペーカリー (家庭用)  Newstar FPMA-D850BLACK flat panel desk mount  Augen TheBook eReader Manual  SikaTack -Drive  Descargar Manual PDF - X  Samsung Màn hình FHD 22" với chất lượng hình ảnh sắc nét Hướng dẫn sử dụng  - 澳門特別行政區立法會  HP Pavilion 15-d030nr  Dritto - Somain Italia  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file